WO2019159960A1 - Optical film, polarizing plate, image display device - Google Patents
Optical film, polarizing plate, image display device Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2019159960A1 WO2019159960A1 PCT/JP2019/005084 JP2019005084W WO2019159960A1 WO 2019159960 A1 WO2019159960 A1 WO 2019159960A1 JP 2019005084 W JP2019005084 W JP 2019005084W WO 2019159960 A1 WO2019159960 A1 WO 2019159960A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- group
- film
- carbon atoms
- formula
- liquid crystal
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Ceased
Links
Images
Classifications
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08F—MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
- C08F220/00—Copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and only one being terminated by only one carboxyl radical or a salt, anhydride ester, amide, imide or nitrile thereof
- C08F220/02—Monocarboxylic acids having less than ten carbon atoms; Derivatives thereof
- C08F220/10—Esters
- C08F220/12—Esters of monohydric alcohols or phenols
- C08F220/16—Esters of monohydric alcohols or phenols of phenols or of alcohols containing two or more carbon atoms
- C08F220/18—Esters of monohydric alcohols or phenols of phenols or of alcohols containing two or more carbon atoms with acrylic or methacrylic acids
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08F—MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
- C08F20/00—Homopolymers and copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and only one being terminated by only one carboxyl radical or a salt, anhydride, ester, amide, imide or nitrile thereof
- C08F20/02—Monocarboxylic acids having less than ten carbon atoms, Derivatives thereof
- C08F20/10—Esters
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08F—MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
- C08F220/00—Copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and only one being terminated by only one carboxyl radical or a salt, anhydride ester, amide, imide or nitrile thereof
- C08F220/02—Monocarboxylic acids having less than ten carbon atoms; Derivatives thereof
- C08F220/10—Esters
- C08F220/26—Esters containing oxygen in addition to the carboxy oxygen
- C08F220/30—Esters containing oxygen in addition to the carboxy oxygen containing aromatic rings in the alcohol moiety
- C08F220/303—Esters containing oxygen in addition to the carboxy oxygen containing aromatic rings in the alcohol moiety and one or more carboxylic moieties in the chain
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08F—MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
- C08F220/00—Copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and only one being terminated by only one carboxyl radical or a salt, anhydride ester, amide, imide or nitrile thereof
- C08F220/02—Monocarboxylic acids having less than ten carbon atoms; Derivatives thereof
- C08F220/10—Esters
- C08F220/26—Esters containing oxygen in addition to the carboxy oxygen
- C08F220/32—Esters containing oxygen in addition to the carboxy oxygen containing epoxy radicals
- C08F220/325—Esters containing oxygen in addition to the carboxy oxygen containing epoxy radicals containing glycidyl radical, e.g. glycidyl (meth)acrylate
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08J—WORKING-UP; GENERAL PROCESSES OF COMPOUNDING; AFTER-TREATMENT NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C08B, C08C, C08F, C08G or C08H
- C08J5/00—Manufacture of articles or shaped materials containing macromolecular substances
- C08J5/18—Manufacture of films or sheets
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08J—WORKING-UP; GENERAL PROCESSES OF COMPOUNDING; AFTER-TREATMENT NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C08B, C08C, C08F, C08G or C08H
- C08J7/00—Chemical treatment or coating of shaped articles made of macromolecular substances
- C08J7/04—Coating
- C08J7/042—Coating with two or more layers, where at least one layer of a composition contains a polymer binder
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08K—Use of inorganic or non-macromolecular organic substances as compounding ingredients
- C08K5/00—Use of organic ingredients
- C08K5/16—Nitrogen-containing compounds
- C08K5/34—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen in the ring
- C08K5/3442—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen in the ring having two nitrogen atoms in the ring
- C08K5/3462—Six-membered rings
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- C09K—MATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
- C09K19/00—Liquid crystal materials
- C09K19/04—Liquid crystal materials characterised by the chemical structure of the liquid crystal components, e.g. by a specific unit
- C09K19/06—Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds
- C09K19/08—Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings
- C09K19/10—Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings containing at least two benzene rings
- C09K19/20—Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings containing at least two benzene rings linked by a chain containing carbon and oxygen atoms as chain links, e.g. esters or ethers
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- C09K—MATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
- C09K19/00—Liquid crystal materials
- C09K19/04—Liquid crystal materials characterised by the chemical structure of the liquid crystal components, e.g. by a specific unit
- C09K19/06—Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds
- C09K19/08—Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings
- C09K19/10—Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings containing at least two benzene rings
- C09K19/20—Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings containing at least two benzene rings linked by a chain containing carbon and oxygen atoms as chain links, e.g. esters or ethers
- C09K19/2007—Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings containing at least two benzene rings linked by a chain containing carbon and oxygen atoms as chain links, e.g. esters or ethers the chain containing -COO- or -OCO- groups
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G02—OPTICS
- G02B—OPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
- G02B1/00—Optical elements characterised by the material of which they are made; Optical coatings for optical elements
- G02B1/04—Optical elements characterised by the material of which they are made; Optical coatings for optical elements made of organic materials, e.g. plastics
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G02—OPTICS
- G02B—OPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
- G02B5/00—Optical elements other than lenses
- G02B5/30—Polarising elements
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G02—OPTICS
- G02B—OPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
- G02B5/00—Optical elements other than lenses
- G02B5/30—Polarising elements
- G02B5/3025—Polarisers, i.e. arrangements capable of producing a definite output polarisation state from an unpolarised input state
- G02B5/3033—Polarisers, i.e. arrangements capable of producing a definite output polarisation state from an unpolarised input state in the form of a thin sheet or foil, e.g. Polaroid
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G02—OPTICS
- G02B—OPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
- G02B5/00—Optical elements other than lenses
- G02B5/30—Polarising elements
- G02B5/3083—Birefringent or phase retarding elements
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G02—OPTICS
- G02F—OPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
- G02F1/00—Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
- G02F1/01—Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour
- G02F1/13—Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G02—OPTICS
- G02F—OPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
- G02F1/00—Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
- G02F1/01—Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour
- G02F1/13—Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
- G02F1/133—Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
- G02F1/1333—Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
- G02F1/1335—Structural association of cells with optical devices, e.g. polarisers or reflectors
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G02—OPTICS
- G02F—OPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
- G02F1/00—Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
- G02F1/01—Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour
- G02F1/13—Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
- G02F1/133—Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
- G02F1/1333—Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
- G02F1/1335—Structural association of cells with optical devices, e.g. polarisers or reflectors
- G02F1/13363—Birefringent elements, e.g. for optical compensation
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G09—EDUCATION; CRYPTOGRAPHY; DISPLAY; ADVERTISING; SEALS
- G09F—DISPLAYING; ADVERTISING; SIGNS; LABELS OR NAME-PLATES; SEALS
- G09F9/00—Indicating arrangements for variable information in which the information is built-up on a support by selection or combination of individual elements
- G09F9/30—Indicating arrangements for variable information in which the information is built-up on a support by selection or combination of individual elements in which the desired character or characters are formed by combining individual elements
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H05—ELECTRIC TECHNIQUES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- H05B—ELECTRIC HEATING; ELECTRIC LIGHT SOURCES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; CIRCUIT ARRANGEMENTS FOR ELECTRIC LIGHT SOURCES, IN GENERAL
- H05B33/00—Electroluminescent light sources
- H05B33/02—Details
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H10—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- H10K—ORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
- H10K59/00—Integrated devices, or assemblies of multiple devices, comprising at least one organic light-emitting element covered by group H10K50/00
- H10K59/50—OLEDs integrated with light modulating elements, e.g. with electrochromic elements, photochromic elements or liquid crystal elements
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H10—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- H10K—ORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
- H10K59/00—Integrated devices, or assemblies of multiple devices, comprising at least one organic light-emitting element covered by group H10K50/00
- H10K59/80—Constructional details
- H10K59/8791—Arrangements for improving contrast, e.g. preventing reflection of ambient light
Definitions
- the present invention relates to an optical film, a polarizing plate, and an image display device.
- the polymerizable compound exhibiting reverse wavelength dispersion has features such as being able to convert the light wavelength accurately in a wide wavelength range and being capable of thinning the retardation film because it has a high refractive index. Therefore, it has been actively studied (see, for example, Patent Documents 1 to 4).
- a conventional retardation film using a rubbing alignment film is being replaced with a retardation film using a photo-alignment film (for example, Patent Documents). (See 5-7).
- this invention makes it a subject to provide the optical film containing the optically anisotropic film which was excellent in reverse wavelength dispersion and wet heat durability, and the orientation defect was suppressed.
- Another object of the present invention is to provide a polarizing plate using the optical film, and an image display device using the optical film or the polarizing plate.
- the present inventors have formed an optically anisotropic film using a polymerizable liquid crystal composition containing a hydrophobic polymerizable liquid crystal compound on a polymer support.
- a specific photo-alignment copolymer in the composition for forming a photo-alignment film the orientation of the optical anisotropic film can be controlled uniformly and precisely (an optical anisotropic film in which orientation defects are suppressed).
- the present invention was completed. That is, it has been found that the above problem can be solved by the following configuration.
- An optical film including an optically anisotropic film formed from a polymerizable liquid crystal composition, a photo-alignment film, and a polymer support in this order
- the polymerizable liquid crystal composition includes a polymerizable liquid crystal compound represented by the following formula (1) described below,
- the load average of the CLogP values of the liquid crystal compounds contained in the polymerizable liquid crystal composition is 10.0 to 20.0,
- the photo-alignment film is formed from a thermally crosslinkable photo-alignment film forming composition
- the composition for forming a photo-alignment film is a photo-alignment copolymer containing a photo-alignment repeating unit represented by the formula (A) described later and a thermally crosslinkable repeating unit represented by the formula (B) described later.
- the photo-alignment copolymer has a thermally crosslinkable group equivalent in the range of 340 to 500.
- M in the above formula (1) is 1, A 1 and G 1 are both optionally substituted cyclohexylene groups, E 1 is a single bond, and In the above formula (1), n is 1, A 2 and G 2 are both optionally substituted cyclohexylene groups, and E 2 is a single bond, according to [1] Optical film.
- the thermally crosslinkable group contained in the photo-alignment copolymer is chain polymerizable
- the composition for forming a photo-alignment film includes any one of [1] to [3], including the photo-alignment copolymer and a thermal polymerization initiator that initiates chain polymerization of the thermally crosslinkable group.
- the optically anisotropic film is provided so as to be peelable from the photoalignment film, or the photoalignment film is provided so as to be peelable from the polymer support.
- the optical film in any one of.
- a polarizing plate comprising the optical film according to any one of [1] to [5] and a polarizer.
- An image display device comprising the optical film according to any one of [1] to [5] or the polarizing plate according to [6].
- the optical film containing the optical anisotropic film which was excellent in reverse wavelength dispersion and wet heat durability, and the orientation defect was suppressed can be provided.
- the polarizing plate using the said optical film and the image display apparatus using the said optical film or the said polarizing plate can be provided.
- a numerical range expressed using “to” means a range including numerical values described before and after “to” as a lower limit value and an upper limit value.
- (meth) acryl intends “one or both of acrylic and methacrylic”. Further, the description “(meth) acryloyl” intends “one or both of acryloyl and methacryloyl”.
- the bonding direction of a divalent group represented is not particularly limited, and for example, D 1 in formula (1) described later is —CO—O—.
- D 1 in formula (1) described later is —CO—O—.
- D 1 may be * 1-CO—O— * 2. * 1-O-CO- * 2.
- the optical film of the present invention includes an optically anisotropic film formed from a polymerizable liquid crystal composition, a photoalignment film, and a polymer support in this order.
- FIG. 1 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing an example of the optical film of the present invention.
- FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram, and the relationship between the thicknesses of each layer, the positional relationship, and the like do not necessarily match those of an actual one.
- the optical film 10 shown in FIG. 1 includes a polymer support 16, a photo-alignment film 14, and an optical anisotropic film 12 in this order.
- industrially usable films may contain various low molecular weight functional additives in the film in order to control film properties.
- these additive components are hydrophobic in order to provide stable performance even under wet heat conditions.
- the components constituting the polymer itself constituting the polymer support or the surface modification layer (for example, an easy-adhesion layer) provided for the purpose of modifying the surface physical properties of the polymer support are mixed during raw material production.
- a low molecular weight oligomer component and / or a hydrophobic low molecular weight impurity due to a processing environment during processing into a film for example, processing into a polymer film and processing into a surface modified layer.
- Molecular weight impurities are collectively referred to as hydrophobic low molecular weight components derived from the polymer support.
- the molecular weight of the hydrophobic low molecular weight component is typically 3000 or less, preferably 300 to 3000, and more preferably 700 to 2000.
- the inventors When forming an optically anisotropic film using the polymerizable liquid crystal composition containing the above-described reverse-wavelength-dispersible polymerizable liquid crystal compound excellent in wet heat durability, the inventors have used a glass plate and various polymers as a support. Examination of the film revealed that the polymerizable liquid crystal compound has many alignment defects on various polymer films even though a well-known photo-alignment film disposed on the glass plate can realize a good alignment state. I found out. As a result of investigating the cause of the alignment defect, the present inventors have found that the hydrophobic low molecular weight component derived from the polymer support has shifted to the optically anisotropic film and disturbs the alignment of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound. I got a hypothesis.
- the inventors include an optically anisotropic film that exhibits a good alignment state even when various polymer films are used when a specific photo-alignment film is used. It has been found that an optical film can be obtained. That is, it was found that an optical film including an optically anisotropic film excellent in reverse wavelength dispersion and wet heat durability and having orientation defects suppressed can be obtained.
- various members used in the optical film of the present invention will be described in detail.
- the optically anisotropic film constituting the present invention is an optically anisotropic film formed from a polymerizable liquid crystal composition described later.
- Examples of the method for forming the optically anisotropic film include a method in which a polymerizable liquid crystal composition described later is used to obtain a desired alignment state and then fixed by polymerization.
- the optically anisotropic film exhibits reverse wavelength dispersion.
- the thickness of the optically anisotropic film is not particularly limited, but is preferably 0.1 to 10 ⁇ m and more preferably 0.5 to 5 ⁇ m from the viewpoint that a thin film is desired for mounting on a display device.
- the polymerizable liquid crystal composition used for forming the optically anisotropic film is a polymerizable liquid crystal composition containing a specific polymerizable liquid crystal compound described later, and each ClogP of the liquid crystal compound contained in the polymerizable liquid crystal composition.
- the load average of the values is 10.0 to 20.0.
- the target liquid crystal compound is not limited to the specific polymerizable liquid crystal compound, but includes all liquid crystal compounds included in the polymerizable liquid crystal composition.
- the ClogP value of the compound is a value obtained by calculating the common logarithm logP of the distribution coefficient P between 1-octanol and water. Known methods and software can be used for calculating the ClogP value.
- the present invention uses the ClogP program incorporated in ChemBioDraw Ultra 13.0 of Cambridge software.
- the ClogP value is a value obtained by discarding two decimal places.
- the load average is the sum of products of the ClogP value of each compound and the ratio (mass ratio) of each compound to the solid content of the entire liquid crystal compound.
- the ClogP value of that compound is treated as a load average value.
- High ClogP means that the affinity for hydrophobic molecules (1-octanol as an index) is higher than water molecules. Accordingly, although details are not clear, the liquid crystal molecular structure in the optically anisotropic film contains water molecules and other polar components that cause deterioration in wet heat durability by setting the load average of the ClogP value of the liquid crystal compound within the above range. It is speculated that the wet heat durability is improved as a result.
- the polymerizable liquid crystal composition contains a polymerizable liquid crystal compound represented by the following formula (1) (hereinafter also referred to as “specific polymerizable liquid crystal compound”).
- specific polymerizable liquid crystal compound represented by the following formula (1)
- the optically anisotropic film When the optically anisotropic film is formed by curing the specific polymerizable liquid crystal compound, the optically anisotropic film exhibits reverse wavelength dispersion.
- D 1 , D 2 , E 1 , E 2 , E 3 , and E 4 are each independently a single bond, —CO—O—, —C ( ⁇ S) O—, — CR 1 R 2 —, —CR 1 R 2 —CR 3 R 4 —, —O—CR 1 R 2 —, —CR 1 R 2 —O—CR 3 R 4 —, —CO—O—CR 1 R 2 —, —O—CO—CR 1 R 2 —, —CR 1 R 2 —O—CO—CR 3 R 4 —, —CR 1 R 2 —CO—O—CR 3 R 4 —, —NR 1 —CR 2 R 3 — or —CO—NR 1 — is represented.
- R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , and R 4 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
- G 1 and G 2 each independently represent a divalent alicyclic hydrocarbon group having 5 to 8 carbon atoms which may have a substituent.
- One or more of —CH 2 — constituting the formula hydrocarbon group may be substituted with —O—, —S—, or —NH—.
- a 1 and A 2 each independently have a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms which may have a substituent or a substituent.
- SP 1 and SP 2 are each independently a single bond, a linear or branched alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, or a linear chain having 1 to 12 carbon atoms. Or a divalent linkage in which one or more of —CH 2 — constituting the branched alkylene group is substituted with —O—, —S—, —NH—, —N (Q) —, or —CO—.
- L 1 and L 2 each independently represent a monovalent organic group, and at least one of L 1 and L 2 represents a polymerizable group.
- Ar 1 is an aromatic ring represented by the following formula (Ar-3)
- at least one of L 1 and L 2 and L 3 and L 4 in the following formula (Ar-3) is polymerizable.
- m represents an integer of 0 to 2
- the plurality of E 3 may be the same or different
- the plurality of A 1 are May be the same or different.
- n represents an integer of 0 to 2
- the plurality of E 4 may be the same or different
- the plurality of A 2 are May be the same or different.
- Ar 1 represents any aromatic ring selected from the group consisting of groups represented by formulas (Ar-1) to (Ar-5) described later.
- the alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms represented by R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , and R 4 may be linear, branched, or cyclic. Specifically, methyl Group, ethyl group, propyl group, isopropyl group, n-butyl group, isobutyl group, sec-butyl group, tert-butyl group and the like.
- the divalent alicyclic hydrocarbon group having 5 to 8 carbon atoms represented by G 1 and G 2 is preferably a 5-membered ring or a 6-membered ring.
- the alicyclic hydrocarbon group may be saturated or unsaturated, but is preferably a saturated alicyclic hydrocarbon group.
- the divalent alicyclic hydrocarbon group represented by G 1 and G 2 for example, the description in paragraph [0078] of JP2012-21068A can be referred to, and the contents thereof are incorporated in the present specification. .
- a cyclohexylene group (a divalent group derived from a cyclohexane ring) is preferable, a 1,4-cyclohexylene group is more preferable, and a trans-1,4-cyclohexylene group is still more preferable.
- the substituent that the divalent alicyclic hydrocarbon group having 5 to 8 carbon atoms represented by G 1 and G 2 may have is represented by the following formula (Ar-1 And the same substituents as those which may be possessed by the aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms and the aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 to 12 carbon atoms represented by Y 1 in the formula ( 1 ).
- the divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms represented by A 1 and A 2 includes 1,2-phenylene group, 1,3-phenylene group, 1,4-phenylene Group, 1,4-naphthylene group, 1,5-naphthylene group, 2,6-naphthylene group and the like. Among them, 1,4-phenylene group is preferable, and trans-1,4-phenylene group is more preferable. preferable.
- Examples of the divalent alicyclic hydrocarbon group having 5 to 8 carbon atoms represented by A 1 and A 2 include the same groups as those described for G 1 and G 2 in the above formula (1).
- a cyclohexylene group (a divalent group derived from a cyclohexane ring) is preferred, a 1,4-cyclohexylene group is more preferred, and a trans-1,4-cyclohexylene group is still more preferred.
- the divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms and the divalent alicyclic hydrocarbon group having 5 to 8 carbon atoms represented by A 1 and A 2 have.
- the substituent may be an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms and an aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 to 12 carbon atoms represented by Y 1 in the formula (Ar-1) described later. The thing similar to a good substituent is mentioned.
- examples of the linear or branched alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms represented by SP 1 and SP 2 include a methylene group, an ethylene group, a propylene group, a butylene group, a pentylene group, A hexylene group, a methylhexylene group, a heptylene group, or the like is preferable.
- SP 1 and SP 2 are as described above, wherein one or more of —CH 2 — constituting a linear or branched alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms is —O—, —S—, — It may be a divalent linking group substituted by NH—, —N (Q) —, or —CO—, and examples of the substituent represented by Q include Y in formula (Ar-1) described later.
- 1 is an aromatic heterocyclic group of aromatic hydrocarbon group and having 3 to 12 carbon atoms of 6 to 12 carbon atoms include the same substituent which may have indicated.
- examples of the monovalent organic group represented by L 1 and L 2 include an alkyl group, an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, and a cyano group.
- the alkyl group may be linear, branched or cyclic, but is preferably linear.
- the alkyl group preferably has 1 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and still more preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
- the aryl group may be monocyclic or polycyclic but is preferably monocyclic.
- the aryl group preferably has 6 to 25 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 10 carbon atoms.
- the heteroaryl group may be monocyclic or polycyclic.
- the number of heteroatoms constituting the heteroaryl group is preferably 1 to 3.
- the hetero atom constituting the heteroaryl group is preferably a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom, or an oxygen atom.
- the carbon number of the heteroaryl group is preferably 6-18, more preferably 6-12.
- the alkyl group, aryl group, and heteroaryl group may be unsubstituted or may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a substituent that may be possessed by an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms and an aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 to 12 carbon atoms represented by Y 1 in formula (Ar-1) described later. The same thing is mentioned.
- the polymerizable group represented by at least one of L 1 and L 2 is not particularly limited, but a polymerizable group capable of radical polymerization (radical polymerizable group) or a polymerizable group capable of cationic polymerization. (Cationically polymerizable group) is preferred.
- a radical polymerizable group a generally known radical polymerizable group can be used, and an acryloyl group or a methacryloyl group is preferable.
- the acryloyl group and the methacryloyl group it is generally known that the polymerization rate of the acryloyl group is faster, and the acryloyl group is preferable from the viewpoint of productivity improvement, but the methacryloyl group is also used as the polymerizable group. it can.
- the cationic polymerizable group generally known cationic polymerizable can be used. Specifically, an alicyclic ether group, a cyclic acetal group, a cyclic lactone group, a cyclic thioether group, a spiro orthoester group, and A vinyloxy group etc. are mentioned.
- an alicyclic ether group or a vinyloxy group is preferable, and an epoxy group, an oxetanyl group, or a vinyloxy group is more preferable.
- an epoxy group, an oxetanyl group, or a vinyloxy group is more preferable.
- the polymerizable group those exemplified below are preferable.
- L 1 and L 2 in the above formula (1) are both polymerizable groups, and are an acryloyl group or a methacryloyl group, for better wet heat durability. It is more preferable.
- Ar 1 represents any aromatic ring selected from the group consisting of groups represented by the following formulas (Ar-1) to (Ar-5).
- * represents a bonding position with D 1 or D 2 in the above formula (I).
- formulas (Ar-1) to (Ar-5) will be described.
- Q 1 represents N or CH.
- Q 2 represents —S—, —O—, or —N (R 5 ) —, and R 5 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
- Y 1 represents an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms which may have a substituent or an aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 to 12 carbon atoms which may have a substituent.
- alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms represented by R 5 include methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, isopropyl group, n-butyl group, isobutyl group, sec-butyl group, tert-butyl group, Examples thereof include an n-pentyl group and an n-hexyl group.
- aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms represented by Y 1 include aryl groups such as a phenyl group, a 2,6-diethylphenyl group, and a naphthyl group.
- Examples of the aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 to 12 carbon atoms represented by Y 1 include heteroaryl groups such as thienyl group, thiazolyl group, furyl group, and pyridyl group.
- Examples of the substituent that the aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms and the aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 to 12 carbon atoms represented by Y 1 may have include an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, and a halogen atom. An atom etc. are mentioned.
- alkyl group for example, a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms is preferable, and an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms (for example, methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, isopropyl group) Group, n-butyl group, isobutyl group, sec-butyl group, t-butyl group, cyclohexyl group, etc.), more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably a methyl group or an ethyl group.
- an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms for example, methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, isopropyl group
- an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms for example,
- an alkoxy group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms is preferable, and an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms (for example, a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, an n-butoxy group, and a methoxyethoxy group) is more preferable.
- An alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms is more preferable, and a methoxy group or an ethoxy group is particularly preferable.
- a halogen atom a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, an iodine atom etc. are mentioned, for example, Among these, a fluorine atom or a chlorine atom is preferable.
- Z 1 , Z 2 , and Z 3 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a monovalent straight chain having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, or Branched aliphatic hydrocarbon group, monovalent alicyclic hydrocarbon group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, monovalent aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, halogen atom, cyano group, nitro group, —OR 6 , —NR 7 R 8 , —SR 9 , —COOR X , or —OCOR Y is represented, and R 6 to R 9 , R X , and R Y each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a carbon number of 1 to 6 represents an alkyl group, and Z 1 and Z 2 may combine with each other to form an aromatic ring.
- an alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms is preferable, and an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms is more preferable.
- methyl group (Me) ethyl group, isopropyl group, tert-pentyl group (1,1-dimethylpropyl group), tert-butyl group (tBu), or 1,1-dimethyl-3,3-dimethyl group
- a -butyl group is more preferable, and a methyl group, an ethyl group, or a tert-butyl group is particularly preferable.
- Examples of the monovalent alicyclic hydrocarbon group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms include cyclopropyl group, cyclobutyl group, cyclopentyl group, cyclohexyl group, cycloheptyl group, cyclooctyl group, cyclodecyl group, methylcyclohexyl group, and ethyl.
- Monocyclic saturated hydrocarbon groups such as cyclohexyl group; cyclobutenyl group, cyclopentenyl group, cyclohexenyl group, cycloheptenyl group, cyclooctenyl group, cyclodecenyl group, cyclopentadienyl group, cyclohexadienyl group, cyclooctadienyl group, and Monocyclic unsaturated hydrocarbon groups such as cyclodecadiene; bicyclo [2.2.1] heptyl group, bicyclo [2.2.2] octyl group, tricyclo [5.2.1.0 2,6 ] decyl Group, tricyclo [3.3.1.1 3,7 ] decyl group, tetracyclo [6.
- dodecyl group polycyclic saturated hydrocarbon group such as adamantyl group, and the like.
- the monovalent aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms include a phenyl group, a 2,6-diethylphenyl group, a naphthyl group, and a biphenyl group. Twelve aryl groups (especially phenyl groups) are preferred.
- a halogen atom a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, an iodine atom, etc. are mentioned, for example, Among these, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, or a bromine atom is preferable.
- alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms represented by R 6 to R 9 , R X , and R Y include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group, an n-butyl group, and an isobutyl group.
- a 3 and A 4 are each independently —O—, —N (R 10 ) —, —S—, and —CO—.
- R 10 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
- the substituent include a substituent that may be possessed by the aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms and the aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 to 12 carbon atoms represented by Y 1 in the formula (Ar-1). The same thing is mentioned.
- X represents a hydrogen atom or a non-metal atom of Groups 14 to 16 to which a substituent may be bonded.
- examples of the non-metal atoms of Group 14 to 16 represented by X include an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, a nitrogen atom having a substituent, and a carbon atom having a substituent.
- substituents include Include an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkyl-substituted alkoxy group, a cyclic alkyl group, an aryl group (eg, phenyl group, naphthyl group, etc.), cyano group, amino group, nitro group, alkylcarbonyl group, sulfo group, hydroxyl group, etc. Is mentioned.
- D 3 and D 4 each independently represent a single bond, —CO—O—, —C ( ⁇ S) O—, —CR 1 R 2 —, —CR 1 R 2 —CR 3 R 4 —, —O—CR 1 R 2 —, —CR 1 R 2 —O—CR 3 R 4 —, —CO—O—CR 1 R 2 —, —O—CO—CR 1 R 2 —, —CR 1 R 2 —O—CO—CR 3 R 4 —, —CR 1 R 2 —CO—O—CR 3 R 4 —, —NR 1 —CR 2 R 3 —, or —CO— NR 1 -is represented.
- R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , and R 4 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
- the alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms represented by R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , and R 4 may be linear, branched, or cyclic. Specifically, methyl Group, ethyl group, propyl group, isopropyl group, n-butyl group, isobutyl group, sec-butyl group, tert-butyl group and the like.
- each of SP 3 and SP 4 independently represents a single bond, a linear or branched alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, or a straight chain having 1 to 12 carbon atoms.
- Q represents a substituent.
- Examples of the linear or branched alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms represented by SP 3 and SP 4 include the same as those described for SP 1 and SP 2 in the above formula (1).
- the substituent represented by Q may have an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms and an aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 to 12 carbon atoms represented by Y 1 in the formula (Ar-1). The same thing as a substituent is mentioned.
- L 3 and L 4 each independently represent a monovalent organic group
- L 3 and L 4 and at least one of L 1 and L 2 in the formula (1) Represents a polymerizable group.
- Examples of the monovalent organic group represented by L 3 and L 4 include the same groups as those described for L 1 and L 2 in the above formula (1).
- the polymerizable group include the same as those described in L 1 and L 2 in the formula (1).
- Ax has at least one aromatic ring selected from the group consisting of an aromatic hydrocarbon ring and an aromatic heterocyclic ring, and has 2 to 30 organic groups are represented.
- Ay represents a hydrogen atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, or an aromatic hydrocarbon ring.
- the aromatic ring in Ax and Ay may have a substituent, and Ax and Ay may combine to form a ring.
- Q 3 represents a hydrogen atom or an optionally substituted alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
- Examples of Ax and Ay include those described in paragraphs [0039] to [0095] of Patent Document 2 (International Publication No. 2014/010325).
- Specific examples of the alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms represented by Q 3 include methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, isopropyl group, n-butyl group, isobutyl group, sec-butyl group, and tert-butyl. Group, n-pentyl group, n-hexyl group and the like.
- examples of the substituent that the alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms represented by Q 3 may have include an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms represented by Y 1 in the above formula (Ar-1). And the same substituents that the aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 to 12 carbon atoms may have.
- m is 1, and A 1 and A 1 because the ClogP value is high and the wet-heat durability of the formed optically anisotropic film becomes better
- G 1 is an optionally substituted cyclohexylene group
- E 1 is a single bond
- n is 1, and A 2 and G 2 both have a substituent.
- a compound which is a good cyclohexylene group and E 2 is a single bond is preferable.
- Ar 1 is the formula (Ar-1) or the above formula (Ar) because the ClogP value is high and the wet-heat durability of the formed optically anisotropic film is better. -2) is preferred.
- the pKa of the diphenol compound represented by HO—Ar 1 —OH derived from the structure of Ar 1 in the above formula (1) is preferably 11 or less.
- THF tetrahydrofuran
- the alkali titration method described on pages 215 to 217 of Experimental Chemistry Course Second Edition published by Maruzen Co., Ltd. can be used.
- the specific polymerizable liquid crystal compound for example, compounds represented by the following formulas (1-1) to (1-14) are preferable, and specifically, the following formulas (1-1) to (1-14) ) (Side chain structure) in () includes compounds having side chain structures shown in Table 1 and Table 2 below.
- “*” shown in the side chain structure of K represents the bonding position with the aromatic ring.
- the groups adjacent to the acryloyloxy group and the methacryloyl group are each a propylene group (a methyl group is an ethylene group). Represents a substituted group), and represents a mixture of positional isomers having different methyl group positions.
- the polymerizable liquid crystal composition may contain other polymerizable compound having one or more polymerizable groups in addition to the specific polymerizable liquid crystal compound described above.
- the polymerizable group that the other polymerizable compound has is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a (meth) acryloyl group, a vinyl group, a styryl group, and an allyl group. Among these, a (meth) acryloyl group is preferable as the polymerizable group.
- the other polymerizable compound is preferably another polymerizable compound having 1 to 4 polymerizable groups because the durability of the formed optically anisotropic film is further improved. More preferred are other polymerizable compounds having 2-4.
- Such other polymerizable compounds are represented by the formula (M1), formula (M2), and formula (M3) described in paragraphs [0030] to [0033] of JP2014-077068A. Compounds, and more specifically, specific examples described in paragraphs [0046] to [0055] of the publication.
- a known polymerizable liquid crystal compound may be added for the purpose of adjusting the size of wavelength dispersion and refractive index anisotropy and adjusting the liquid crystal phase transition temperature of the coating film.
- examples of such polymerizable liquid crystal compounds include various polymerizable liquid crystal compounds described in “Liquid Crystal Handbook” (edited by Liquid Crystal Handbook Editorial Committee, Maruzen).
- the polymerizable liquid crystal composition preferably contains a polymerization initiator.
- the polymerization initiator is preferably a photopolymerization initiator capable of initiating a polymerization reaction by ultraviolet irradiation.
- Examples of the photopolymerization initiator include ⁇ -carbonyl compounds (described in US Pat. Nos. 2,367,661 and 2,367,670), acyloin ether (described in US Pat. No. 2,448,828), ⁇ -hydrocarbon substitution, and the like.
- Aromatic acyloin compounds described in US Pat. No. 2,722,512
- polynuclear quinone compounds described in US Pat. Nos.
- the polymerization initiator is an oxime type polymerization initiator because the wet heat durability becomes better.
- the polymerization initiator is represented by the following formula (I). More preferably.
- X 2 represents a hydrogen atom or a halogen atom.
- Ar 3 represents a divalent aromatic group
- D 5 represents a divalent organic group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms.
- R 11 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms
- Y 2 represents a monovalent organic group.
- examples of the halogen atom represented by X 2 include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom. Among them, a chlorine atom is preferable.
- examples of the aromatic ring constituting the divalent aromatic group represented by Ar 3 include aromatic hydrocarbon rings such as a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, an anthracene ring, and a phenanthroline ring.
- examples of the divalent organic group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms represented by D 5 include a linear or branched alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms. Specifically, a methylene group, an ethylene group, or a propylene group is preferable.
- the alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms represented by R 11 is specifically preferably, for example, a methyl group, an ethyl group, or a propyl group.
- examples of the monovalent organic group represented by Y 2 include a functional group containing a benzophenone skeleton ((C 6 H 5 ) 2 CO).
- a functional group containing a benzophenone skeleton in which the terminal benzene ring is unsubstituted or mono-substituted such as groups represented by the following formula (Ia) and the following formula (Ib), is preferable.
- * represents a bonding position, that is, a bonding position with the carbon atom of the carbonyl group in the above formula (I).
- Examples of the oxime type polymerization initiator represented by the above formula (I) include a compound represented by the following formula (S-1) and a compound represented by the following formula (S-2). .
- a polymerization initiator may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together.
- the content of the polymerization initiator (the total content when plural types are included) is not particularly limited, but may be 0.01 to 20% by mass of the solid content of the polymerizable liquid crystal composition. Preferably, the content is 0.5 to 5% by mass.
- the polymerizable liquid crystal composition preferably contains a solvent from the viewpoint of workability and the like for forming the optically anisotropic film.
- a solvent from the viewpoint of workability and the like for forming the optically anisotropic film.
- the solvent include ketones (eg, acetone, 2-butanone, methyl isobutyl ketone, cyclohexanone, and cyclopentanone), ethers (eg, dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, etc.), aliphatic hydrocarbons.
- hexane alicyclic hydrocarbons (for example, cyclohexane), aromatic hydrocarbons (for example, toluene, xylene, trimethylbenzene, etc.), halogenated carbons (for example, dichloromethane, dichloroethane, di) Chlorobenzene and chlorotoluene), esters (for example, methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, and butyl acetate), water, alcohols (for example, ethanol, isopropanol, butanol, and cyclohexanol), cellosolves (for example, methyl) Cellosolve and ethyl Cellosolve, etc.), cellosolve acetates, sulfoxides (e.g., dimethyl sulfoxide, etc.), and amides (e.g., dimethylformamide, and dimethylacetamide, etc.) and the like.
- An organic solvent may be used
- the polymerizable liquid crystal composition preferably contains a leveling agent from the viewpoint of keeping the surface of the optical anisotropic film smooth and facilitating alignment control.
- a leveling agent is preferably a fluorine-based leveling agent or a silicon-based leveling agent because of its high leveling effect with respect to the amount added, and from the viewpoint of preventing crying (bloom, bleed), a fluorine-based leveling agent.
- Specific examples of the leveling agent include compounds described in paragraphs [0079] to [0102] of JP2007-069471, and general formula (I) described in JP2013-047204A.
- the polymerizable liquid crystal composition may contain an alignment control agent as necessary.
- Various orientation states such as tilted orientation, hybrid orientation, and cholesteric orientation as well as homogeneous orientation can be formed by the orientation control agent, and a specific orientation state is controlled more uniformly and precisely. be able to.
- a low molecular alignment control agent and a high molecular alignment control agent can be used.
- the low molecular orientation control agent include paragraphs [0009] to [0083] in JP-A No. 2002-20363, paragraphs [0111] to [0120] in JP-A No. 2006-106662, and JP-A 2012-2012.
- the description in paragraphs [0021] to [0029] of the 211306 gazette can be referred to, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
- the polymer orientation control agent for example, refer to paragraphs [0021] to [0057] of JP-A No. 2004-198511 and paragraphs [0121] to [0167] of JP-A No. 2006-106662. The contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
- the content of the alignment control agent (the total content when there are a plurality of alignment control agents) is 0.01 to based on the total solid mass in the polymerizable liquid crystal composition.
- the content is preferably 10% by mass, and more preferably 0.05 to 5% by mass.
- the content of the alignment control agent is within this range, it is possible to obtain a uniform and highly transparent optically anisotropic film without realizing precipitation, phase separation, alignment defects and the like while realizing a desired alignment state.
- These alignment control agents may further have a polymerizable functional group, in particular, a polymerizable functional group that can be polymerized with the specific polymerizable liquid crystal compound constituting the polymerizable liquid crystal composition used in the present invention.
- the polymerizable liquid crystal composition may contain other components other than the components described above.
- other components include liquid crystal compounds other than the polymerizable liquid crystal compounds described above, surfactants, tilt angle control agents, alignment aids, plasticizers, and crosslinking agents.
- alignment aid Hisolv MTEM (manufactured by Toho Chemical Co., Ltd.), NK ester A-200 (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.) and the like are preferable.
- the photo-alignment film constituting the optical film of the present invention is a photo-alignment film formed using a thermally crosslinkable photo-alignment film-forming composition containing a photo-alignment copolymer described later.
- the film thickness of the photo-alignment film is not particularly limited and may be appropriately selected depending on the intended purpose, but is preferably 10 to 1000 nm, and more preferably 10 to 700 nm. Within this range, the alignment regulating force can be sufficiently imparted, and the surface of the alignment film can be flattened even if there are irregularities and other foreign matters on the surface of the polymer support. Uniform orientation can be realized.
- the photo-alignment copolymer contained in the photo-alignment film constituting the present invention comprises a photo-alignment repeating unit represented by the following formula (A) and a thermally crosslinkable repeating unit represented by the following formula (B). And the thermally crosslinkable group equivalent is in the range of 340-500.
- the photoalignable repeating unit represented by the following formula (A) is a repeating unit containing a photoalignable group
- the thermally crosslinkable repeating unit represented by the following formula (B) is a thermally crosslinkable group.
- the heat-crosslinkable group equivalent represents the mass of the solid content containing 1 mol of a heat-crosslinkable group described later.
- thermally crosslinkable group when employed as the thermally crosslinkable group, it is equal to the epoxy equivalent described in JIS K 7236.
- a hydroxyl group and a free acid group are used as the thermally crosslinkable group, a hydroxyl group equivalent or a free acid equivalent (mol) per gram of solid content is obtained using a titration method described in JIS K 0700, and the reciprocal number is taken.
- the heat crosslinkable group equivalent can be determined by
- the polymer solid content refers to a component having a molecular weight exceeding 3000 in the total solid content contained in the composition for forming a photo-alignment film.
- B 1 and B 2 each independently represent —O—, —CO—O—, —O—CO—O—, or a phenylene group.
- R 1 and R 2 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
- Sp 1 and Sp 2 are each independently a single bond or a linear or branched alkylene group which may have a substituent, an alicyclic alkylene group which may have a substituent, and It represents a divalent linking group composed of one or more selected from the group consisting of an aromatic group which may have a substituent.
- the alkylene group which may have the above-mentioned substituent and the alicyclic alkylene group which may have the above-mentioned substituent have an arbitrary carbon atom, an ether bond, an ester bond, an amide bond, a urethane bond, And may be substituted with a carbonate bond, but it does not become an —O—O— bond at the connection portion with B 1 and B 2 .
- P 2 represents a thermally crosslinkable group.
- Cin 1 represents a photo-alignment group represented by the following formula (3-1) or (3-2).
- the linear or branched alkylene group preferably has 1 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 8 carbon atoms. 1-6 are more preferable.
- the carbon number of the alicyclic alkylene group is preferably 1-12.
- the aromatic ring constituting the aromatic group include aromatic hydrocarbon rings such as benzene ring, naphthalene ring, anthracene ring, and phenanthroline ring; furan ring, pyrrole ring, thiophene ring, pyridine ring, Aromatic heterocyclic rings such as thiazole ring and benzothiazole ring; and the like.
- Examples of the substituent that the linear or branched alkylene group, the alicyclic alkylene group, and the aromatic group may have include, for example, Y in the above-described formula (Ar-1).
- 1 is an aromatic heterocyclic group of aromatic hydrocarbon group and having 3 to 12 carbon atoms of 6 to 12 carbon atoms include the same substituent which may have indicated.
- the divalent linking group represented by Sp 1 and Sp 2 is preferably a linear or branched alkylene group.
- examples of the substituent represented by R 3 include an aromatic group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms represented by Y 1 in the formula (Ar-1) described above. Examples thereof include the same substituents that the hydrocarbon group and the aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 to 12 carbon atoms may have.
- the photo-alignment film in the optical film of the present invention is formed of a composition for forming a photo-alignment film containing such a photo-alignment copolymer, even if it is disposed on a polymer support with a thin film thickness,
- the alignment regulating power for the liquid crystal compound can be sufficiently exhibited.
- the optically anisotropic film formed on the photo-alignment film using the polymerizable liquid crystal composition exhibits a uniform alignment state in which disorder of alignment is suppressed. The reason for this is not clear in detail, but the present inventors speculate as follows.
- a photo-alignment film is provided on a polymer support, and then a polymerizable liquid crystal composition is applied onto the photo-alignment film.
- the solvent contained in the coating film of the polymerizable liquid crystal composition permeates the photo-alignment film and extracts the hydrophobic low molecular weight component derived from the polymer support to the coating film side.
- the liquid crystal compound constituting the polymerizable liquid crystal composition has a high load average CLOGP value, and therefore has a high affinity with the hydrophobic component. A relatively large amount can be extracted.
- the optically anisotropic film obtained by curing the coating film is visible because the interaction between liquid crystal molecules is disturbed. It is presumed that the liquid crystal molecules are affected by the fact that the reverse wavelength dispersibility is lowered by generating random alignment defects and / or partially randomizing the refractive index anisotropy of the liquid crystal molecules. On the other hand, it can be inferred that the above-described photo-alignment film inhibited the extraction of the hydrophobic low molecular weight component derived from the polymer support into the coating film, so that a good alignment state was obtained.
- the heat-crosslinkable group equivalent of the photo-alignable copolymer is 500 or less (that is, when the content of the heat-crosslinkable group contained per 1 g of the composition is large), the content of the heat-crosslinkable group is sufficient. Yes, the above-described extraction inhibition effect can be sufficiently exerted.
- the photocrosslinkable copolymer has a heat crosslinkable group equivalent of 340 or more (that is, when the content of the heat crosslinkable group contained per 1 g of the composition is small)
- the photoalignable group is a photoalignment film. A large proportion of the surface occupies the surface, and the photo-alignment film can exert a high alignment regulating force by being imparted with an appropriate degree of mobility.
- the thermally crosslinkable group equivalent is in the range of 340 to 500, it is estimated that these two effects can be achieved. Although details are unknown, it is presumed that the structure of the photo-alignment copolymer contributes to the extraction inhibition effect.
- the thermally crosslinkable group includes, for example, an oxirane group, oxetanyl group, 3,4-epoxycyclohexyl group, amide group, N-alkoxymethyl group, N-hydroxymethyl group, phenolic hydroxyl group, carboxyl group, And a hydroxyl group.
- the oxirane group, the oxetanyl group, and the 3,4-epoxycyclohexyl group can be chain-polymerized under cationic polymerization conditions, and are referred to as chain-polymerizable in this specification.
- the photo-alignment copolymer has other repeating units in addition to the repeating unit represented by the above formula (A) and the repeating unit represented by the above formula (B) unless the effects of the present invention are inhibited. May be included.
- Examples of such a monomer that forms another repeating unit include a radical polymerizable monomer.
- Examples of the radical polymerizable monomer include acrylic acid ester compounds, methacrylic acid ester compounds, maleimide compounds, acrylamide compounds, acrylonitrile, maleic anhydride, styrene compounds, and vinyl compounds.
- the photo-alignment copolymer contains a repeating unit other than the repeating unit represented by the above-described formula (A) and the repeating unit represented by the above-described formula (B), the above-described formula (A)
- the total content of the repeating unit represented by formula (B) and the repeating unit represented by the above-described formula (B) is preferably 70 mol% or more, more than 80 mol%, based on all repeating units of the photoalignable copolymer. Is more preferable, 90 mol% or more is further preferable, and 95 mol% or more is particularly preferable.
- the upper limit is not particularly limited, but may be less than 100 mol%.
- the method for synthesizing the photo-alignment copolymer is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a monomer that forms the repeating unit represented by the above-described formula (A), and a monomer that forms the repeating unit represented by the above-described formula (B). , And any other monomer that forms a repeating unit, and can be synthesized by polymerization using a radical polymerization initiator in an organic solvent.
- the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the photo-alignment copolymer is preferably 10,000 to 500,000, more preferably 25,000 to 200,000, and more preferably 25,000 or more, 50, More preferably, it is less than 000.
- the weight average molecular weight and the number average molecular weight in the present invention are values measured by a gel permeation chromatograph (GPC) method under the following conditions.
- GPC gel permeation chromatograph
- the content of the photo-alignment copolymer is not particularly limited. However, when the composition for forming a photo-alignment film contains an organic solvent described later, the content of the photo-alignment film is 0.
- the amount is preferably 1 to 50 parts by mass, and more preferably 0.5 to 10 parts by mass.
- the composition for forming a photo-alignment film used in the present invention preferably contains an organic solvent from the viewpoint of workability for producing the photo-alignment film.
- organic solvent include ketones (for example, methyl ethyl ketone, acetone, 2-butanone, methyl isobutyl ketone, cyclohexanone, and cyclopentanone), ethers (for example, dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, and the like), Aliphatic hydrocarbons (for example, hexane, etc.), alicyclic hydrocarbons (for example, cyclohexane, etc.), aromatic hydrocarbons (for example, toluene, xylene, trimethylbenzene, etc.), halogenated carbons (for example, Dichloromethane, dichloroethane, dichlorobenzene, and chlorotoluene), esters (eg, methyl acetate, ethyl
- the composition for forming a photo-alignment film may contain components other than those described above, for example, a polymer compound, a crosslinking agent or a crosslinking reaction initiator, a polymer crosslinking catalyst, an adhesion improver, a leveling agent, and a sensitization. Agents and the like. These compounds may further have a functional group capable of reacting with the above-described photoalignable copolymer.
- the composition for forming a photoalignment film preferably further contains a thermal polymerization initiator (preferably a thermal cationic polymerization initiator) as a thermal crosslinking reaction initiator.
- the film-forming composition preferably further contains a crosslinking agent and a crosslinking catalyst.
- the optical film of the present invention includes a polymer support.
- the polymer support is preferably elongate for application to a roll-to-roll process.
- Such a support is preferably transparent, and specifically has a light transmittance of 80% or more.
- the upper limit value of the light transmittance is, for example, 100% or less.
- the configuration of the polymer support is not particularly limited, but may be a configuration composed of a single polymer film, for example, or a polymer film and a surface modified layer (for example, easy adhesion) disposed on the polymer film. Layer).
- Materials for such a polymer film include: cellulose polymers; acrylic polymers such as polymethyl methacrylate and acrylic polymers having an acrylate polymer such as a lactone ring-containing polymer; thermoplastic norbornene polymers; polycarbonate Polymers: Polyester polymers such as polyethylene terephthalate and polyethylene naphthalate; Styrene polymers such as polystyrene and acrylonitrile / styrene copolymers (AS resin); Polyolefins such as polyethylene, polypropylene, and ethylene / propylene copolymers Polymers; vinyl chloride polymers; amide polymers such as nylon and aromatic polyamide; imide polymers; sulfone polymers; polyethersulfone polymers; -Ether ether ketone polymer; polyphenylene sulfide polymer; vinylidene chloride polymer; vinyl alcohol polymer; vinyl butyral polymer; arylate polymer; polyoxymethylene polymer; epoxy poly
- the polymer support is capable of controlling transparency, adhesion to other members, and birefringence from zero to any direction / size.
- a cellulose polymer, an acrylic polymer, or a thermoplastic norbornene polymer is preferable. That is, the polymer support is preferably a film made of a cellulose polymer, a film made of an acrylic polymer, or a film made of a thermoplastic norbornene polymer. Among them, a cellulose acylate film is more preferable as the polymer support.
- a film made of a cellulose-based polymer because it is excellent in film strength and easily available, Or a polyethylene terephthalate film is preferable.
- the thickness of the polymer support is not particularly limited, but is preferably 5 to 60 ⁇ m, and more preferably 5 to 30 ⁇ m.
- Cellulose acylate film As a preferred embodiment of the polymer support, a cellulose acylate film can be used. Cellulose acylate is obtained by acylating a hydroxyl group of cellulose, and the substituent can be any acetyl group having 2 carbon atoms in the acyl group to those having 22 carbon atoms.
- the acyl group having 2 to 22 carbon atoms substituted for the hydroxyl group of cellulose is not particularly limited, and may be an aliphatic group or an aromatic group, and may be a single group or a mixture of two or more types.
- Examples of cellulose acylate substituted with these groups include cellulose alkylcarbonyl ester, cellulose alkenylcarbonyl ester, cellulose aromatic carbonyl ester, cellulose aromatic alkylcarbonyl ester, and the like. It may have a group.
- the acyl group include acetyl group, propionyl group, butanoyl group, benzoyl group, naphthylcarbonyl group, and cinnamoyl group.
- an acetyl group, a propionyl group, a butanoyl group, a benzoyl group, a naphthylcarbonyl group, or a cinnamoyl group is preferable, and an acetyl group, a propionyl group, or a butanoyl group is more preferable.
- an acetyl group or a propionyl group is more preferable, and an acetyl group is particularly preferable from the viewpoints of ease of synthesis, cost, and ease of control of substituent distribution.
- the combination of an acetyl group and a propionyl group is preferable.
- the acyl substitution degree to the hydroxyl group of cellulose is not particularly limited, but when used for applications such as a polarizing plate protective film and an optical film, the higher the acyl substitution degree, the better the various additives It is preferable because it dissolves. Therefore, the acyl substitution degree (total substitution degree) of the hydroxyl group of cellulose is preferably 2.50 to 3.00, more preferably 2.70 to 2.96, and 2.80 to 2 More preferred is .95. Further, when only the acetyl group is substituted in cellulose acylate, the degree of substitution of the acetyl group is preferably 2.70 to 2.96, and more preferably 2.80 to 2.95.
- the degree of substitution of the propionyl group is preferably 0.20 to 2.60.
- the method for measuring the degree of substitution (acyl substitution degree) of acetic acid and / or a fatty acid having 3 to 22 carbon atoms substituted on the hydroxyl group of cellulose is a method according to ASTM D-817-91, and An example is NMR (nuclear magnetic resonance).
- cellulose acylate in the cellulose acylate film, can be used by mixing two or more kinds of cellulose acylates, which are single or different, from the viewpoint of substituent, substitution degree, polymerization degree, molecular weight distribution, and the like.
- the cellulose acylate film may further contain an additive.
- the additive include a plasticizer, a hydrophobizing agent, an ultraviolet absorber, and a retardation adjusting agent.
- Specific examples of the additive include polyester oligomers, sugar ester compounds, and phosphate ester compounds.
- a polyester oligomer or a sugar ester compound is preferable from the viewpoint of excellent wet heat durability.
- the polyester oligomer has a repeating unit composed of a dicarboxylic acid and a diol, and can be synthesized by a known method such as a dehydration condensation reaction of a dicarboxylic acid and a diol, or an addition of a dicarboxylic anhydride to a diol and a dehydration condensation reaction. .
- dicarboxylic acid aliphatic dicarboxylic acid and aromatic dicarboxylic acid can be used.
- aliphatic dicarboxylic acid include oxalic acid, malonic acid, succinic acid, maleic acid, fumaric acid, glutaric acid, adipic acid, and 1,4-cyclohexanedicarboxylic acid.
- aromatic dicarboxylic acid include phthalic acid, isophthalic acid, terephthalic acid, and 1,4-naphthalenedicarboxylic acid.
- diol examples include aliphatic or alicyclic diols having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, alkyl ether diols having 4 to 20 carbon atoms, and aromatic ring-containing diols having 6 to 20 carbon atoms. Two or more selected may be used in combination.
- the aromatic diol preferably has 6 to 12 carbon atoms.
- the terminal is an aliphatic group having 1 to 22 carbon atoms, an aromatic ring-containing group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, an aliphatic carbonyl group having 1 to 22 carbon atoms, and an aromatic carbonyl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms. It is preferably at least one selected from
- the polyester oligomer When both ends are sealed, the polyester oligomer is less likely to be in a solid form at room temperature, and handling is good. As a result, a polymer film excellent in humidity stability and polarizing plate durability can be obtained.
- the content of the polyester oligomer as an additive is preferably 1 to 30% by mass with respect to the cellulose acylate, and preferably 5 to 20% by mass. More preferred is 5 to 15% by mass.
- the sugar ester compound is a compound in which at least one substitutable group (for example, a hydroxyl group and a carboxyl group) in the sugar skeleton structure constituting the compound and at least one substituent are ester-bonded.
- the sugar ester compound referred to here includes a wide range of sugar derivatives, for example, a compound containing a sugar residue such as gluconic acid as a structure. That is, the sugar ester compound includes an ester of glucose and carboxylic acid and an ester of gluconic acid and alcohol.
- the sugar ester compound is a sugar ester compound obtained by alkylating all or part of the OH groups of the compound (M) having one furanose structure or one pyranose structure, or at least one of a furanose structure or a pyranose structure.
- a sugar ester compound in which all or a part of the OH group of the compound (D) in which two species are bonded is alkylesterified is preferable.
- it is a sugar ester compound that is a monocycle of a furanose structure or a pyranose structure, and in which all or part of the hydroxyl groups of the structure are alkyl esterified, and a sugar in which all or part of the hydroxyl groups of the glucose structure are alkyl esterified More preferably, it is an ester compound.
- Examples of the compound (M) include glucose, galactose, mannose, fructose, xylose, and arabinose. Glucose or fructose is preferable, and glucose is more preferable.
- Examples of the compound (D) include lactose, sucrose, nystose, 1F-fructosyl nystose, stachyose, maltitol, lactitol, lactulose, cellobiose, maltose, cellotriose, maltotriose, raffinose, and kestose.
- gentiobiose gentiotriose, gentiotetraose, xylotriose, galactosyl sucrose, etc.
- compounds having both a furanose structure and a pyranose structure are particularly preferable, sucrose, kestose, nystose, 1F-fructosyl nystose, or stachyose is more preferable, and sucrose is more preferable.
- an aliphatic monocarboxylic acid examples include acetic acid, propionic acid, butyric acid, isobutyric acid, valeric acid, caproic acid, enanthic acid, caprylic acid, pelargonic acid, capric acid, 2-ethyl-hexanecarboxylic acid, undecylic acid, lauric acid , Saturated fatty acids such as tridecylic acid, myristic acid, pentadecylic acid, palmitic acid, heptadecylic acid, stearic acid, nonadecanoic acid, arachidic acid, behenic acid, lignoceric acid, serotic acid, heptacosanoic acid, montanic acid, melicic acid, and laccelic acid Unsaturated fatty acids such as unde
- the aliphatic monocarboxylic acid used to alkylate all or part of the OH group may be two or more aliphatic monocarboxylic acids, at least one of which is branched. Of these, an aliphatic monocarboxylic acid is more preferable. Among them, isobutyric acid is more preferable as the branched aliphatic monocarboxylic acid.
- the above embodiment will be described more specifically. Specifically, it is preferable to esterify all or part of the OH group with acetic acid and isobutyric acid.
- the substituent in the sugar ester compound is preferably an acetyl group and an isobutyryl group.
- a method for producing an aliphatic sugar ester compound substituted with an aliphatic monocarboxylic acid is described, for example, in JP-A-8-245678.
- the content of the above additives (the total content when a plurality of additives are included) is preferably 5 to 20% by mass with respect to the cellulose acylate.
- the compound of following General formula (4) may be added to the cellulose acylate film to be used from a viewpoint of suppressing the wet heat deterioration of a polarizer. it can.
- each of R 11 , R 13 and R 15 is independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, or an alkyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms.
- An alkenyl group, an aralkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, or an aromatic group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms is represented.
- the content of JP 2013-174861 A (compounds described in paragraph numbers 0090 to 0122 of the same publication can be used) can be referred to.
- the cellulose acylate film contains the compound represented by the general formula (4)
- the content of the compound represented by the general formula (4) is 1 to 20% by mass with respect to the cellulose acylate polymer. It is preferable.
- the cellulose acylate film preferably contains fine particles as a matting agent.
- fine particles silicon dioxide, titanium dioxide, aluminum oxide, zirconium oxide, calcium carbonate, talc, clay, calcined kaolin, calcined calcium silicate, hydrated calcium silicate, aluminum silicate, magnesium silicate, calcium phosphate, etc. can be used. .
- the fine particles preferably have a primary average particle diameter of 20 nm or less and an apparent specific gravity of 70 g / liter or more. These fine particles usually form secondary particles having an average particle diameter of 0.1 to 3.0 ⁇ m and form irregularities of 0.1 to 3.0 ⁇ m on the film surface.
- the fine particles may be added so that both surfaces of the cellulose acylate film are provided with irregularities.
- the cellulose acylate film is required to make the surface of the photo-alignment film flat. It is preferable to add so that unevenness is provided only on the surface opposite to the side where the photo-alignment film is provided.
- polyethylene terephthalate film refers to a film containing polyethylene terephthalate as a main component.
- Polyethylene terephthalate is a polyester having a repeating unit derived from terephthalic acid as a dicarboxylic acid component and a repeating unit derived from ethylene glycol as a diol component, and 80 mol% or more of all repeating units are converted to ethylene terephthalate. It is a repeating unit derived from it, and may further contain a repeating unit derived from another copolymerization component, if necessary.
- any production method such as a so-called transesterification reaction in which a dimethyl ester of another dicarboxylic acid and / or another diol is transesterified can be applied.
- the polyethylene terephthalate film may have a surface modification layer on the surface for the purpose of effectively forming various functional layers.
- a surface modification layer those coated with various binder resins can be used.
- the binder resin include a polyester resin, an acrylic resin, a urethane resin, a polyalkylene glycol, a polyalkyleneimine, methylcellulose, and hydroxycellulose.
- a polyester resin, an acrylic resin, or a urethane resin is preferable.
- crosslinking agents such as melamine compounds, epoxy compounds, oxazoline compounds, isocyanate compounds, and carbodiimide compounds can be used in combination as necessary.
- the surface modification layer can be provided by various known methods. For example, in the case of providing by in-line coating, a coating solution prepared by adjusting the above-described components such as the binder resin and the crosslinking agent as an aqueous solution or an aqueous dispersion with a solid content concentration of about 0.1 to 50% by mass as a guide is applied to the polyethylene terephthalate film. By applying, a film provided with a surface modification layer can be obtained.
- the thickness of the surface modification layer is usually 0.002 to 1.0 ⁇ m, preferably 0.03 to 0.5 ⁇ m, and more preferably 0.04 to 0.2 ⁇ m. Within the above range, it is possible to suppress occurrence of blocking and increase in haze while exhibiting a sufficient surface modification function.
- the optical film of the present invention may further contain other functional layers in addition to the above-described optically anisotropic film, photoalignment film, and polymer support.
- the functional layer include an adhesive layer, a hard coat layer, an optically anisotropic film other than those described above, and a colored layer.
- the method for providing the functional layer include a method in which the functional layer is separately prepared and transferred via an adhesive layer, and a method in which the functional layer is separately provided on a support and bonded together with the support.
- the surface of the optical anisotropic film constituting the optical film of the present invention opposite to the photo-alignment film, or the polymer support constituting the optical film of the present invention is used as another method of providing the functional layer. There is a method in which a coating liquid for forming the functional layer is directly applied on the surface opposite to the photo-alignment film.
- the optical anisotropic film may be provided so as to be peelable.
- the optically anisotropic film when it is detachably provided, it may be peeled off at the interface between the photoalignment film and the optically anisotropic film (in other words, the optically anisotropic film is It may be provided so as to be peelable) or may be peeled off at the interface between the photo-alignment film and the polymer support (in other words, the photo-alignment film is peelable from the polymer support). May be provided).
- the photo-alignment film can be produced by a conventionally known production method except that the above-described composition for forming a photo-alignment film is used.
- the above-mentioned composition for forming a photo-alignment film is applied to the surface of a polymer support to form a coating film, and the coating film is thermally crosslinked by heating. Examples include a heating step and a light irradiation step of irradiating polarized light to the heated coating film or irradiating non-polarized light from the oblique direction to the surface of the heated coating film.
- the said manufacturing method may include the heating process further after the light irradiation process as needed.
- the application method in the application step is not particularly limited and can be appropriately selected depending on the purpose. Examples thereof include spin coating, die coating, gravure coating, flexographic printing, and inkjet printing.
- coating is performed using the die
- the heating method in the heating step is not particularly limited, and the coated polymer support obtained through the coating step may be heated by a known method.
- a heating method for example, a method of heating a polymer support with a coating by exposing it to a heating atmosphere, or a method of heating a polymer support with a coating by bringing it into contact with a transport roll or the like through which a heat medium is passed And the method of heating the polymer support body with a coating film by irradiating with a heat ray is mentioned.
- the heating temperature is preferably 30 to 200 ° C.
- the adhesion between the polymer support and the photo-alignment film is strengthened, and it is derived from the polymer support.
- Control of the extraction of the hydrophobic low molecular weight component to be performed can improve the orientation control of the optically anisotropic film.
- the polymer support with a coating film is heated by the heating device 33.
- the polarized light applied to the coating film after heating is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include linearly polarized light, circularly polarized light, and elliptically polarized light. Among these, linearly polarized light is preferable.
- the “oblique direction” for irradiating non-polarized light is not particularly limited as long as it is a direction inclined by a polar angle ⁇ (0 ⁇ ⁇ 90 °) with respect to the normal direction of the coating film surface. However, ⁇ is preferably 20 to 80 °.
- the wavelength in polarized light or non-polarized light is not particularly limited as long as it is a wavelength capable of controlling the orientation of the liquid crystalline molecules contained in the coating film after heating. Can be mentioned. Of these, near ultraviolet rays having a wavelength of 250 nm to 450 nm are preferable.
- the light source for irradiating polarized light or non-polarized light include a xenon lamp, a high-pressure mercury lamp, an ultra-high pressure mercury lamp, and a metal halide lamp.
- an interference filter, a color filter, or the like to ultraviolet rays and visible rays from such a light source, the wavelength range to be irradiated can be adjusted as appropriate.
- linearly polarized light can be obtained by applying a polarizing filter and a polarizing prism to the light from these light sources.
- the accumulated light quantity of polarized light or non-polarized light is not particularly limited as long as it is a wavelength capable of controlling the orientation of liquid crystalline molecules contained in the coating film after heating, but is preferably 1 to 300 mJ / cm 2 , and preferably 5 to 100 mJ / cm 2 is more preferable.
- the illuminance of polarized light or non-polarized light is not particularly limited as long as it is a wavelength capable of controlling the orientation of liquid crystalline molecules contained in the coating film after heating, but is preferably 0.1 to 300 mW / cm 2. More preferably, it is ⁇ 100 mW / cm 2 .
- the polymer support body 1 when performing light irradiation with respect to the said coating film after a heating, is a point which does not produce the nonuniformity and variation in the orientation of the liquid crystal molecule contained in a coating film. It is preferable to provide a backup roll 38 for preventing the camera from swinging with respect to the light source.
- optically anisotropic film examples include a method in which the above-described polymerizable liquid crystal composition is used to obtain a desired alignment state and then fixed by polymerization.
- a coating step of coating a polymerizable liquid crystal composition on a photo-alignment film to form a coating film, and a liquid crystal molecule such as a specific polymerizable liquid crystal compound contained in the coating film with a desired alignment state The alignment aging step and the alignment fixing step for fixing the alignment state by polymerization are performed in this order, and various known methods can be applied as the coating method and the alignment aging method.
- the polymerization conditions are not particularly limited, but in polymerization by light irradiation, it is preferable to use ultraviolet rays.
- the irradiation amount is preferably 10 mJ / cm 2 to 50 J / cm 2 , more preferably 20 mJ / cm 2 to 5 J / cm 2 , and still more preferably 30 mJ / cm 2 to 3 J / cm 2. 50 to 1000 mJ / cm 2 is particularly preferable.
- heating conditions As the exposure method, various known methods can be used.
- the coating process of the polymerizable liquid crystal composition is performed by the die 35
- the alignment aging process is performed by the heating device 36
- the alignment fixing process is performed by the exposure process using the light source 37.
- the produced optical film can be wound as a wound body (roll) 39.
- the optical film of the present invention can impart various optical properties depending on the purpose.
- the optically anisotropic film can be a positive A plate.
- the A plate is defined as follows.
- the refractive index in the slow axis direction (direction in which the in-plane refractive index is maximum) in the optically anisotropic film is nx
- the refractive index in the direction orthogonal to the in-plane slow axis is ny
- the thickness When the refractive index in the direction is nz, the positive A plate satisfies the relationship of the formula (A1).
- Formula (A1) nx> ny ⁇ nz The above “ ⁇ ” includes not only the case where both are completely the same, but also the case where both are substantially the same. “Substantially the same” means, for example, that (ny ⁇ nz) ⁇ d (where d is the film thickness) is ⁇ 10 to 10 nm, preferably ⁇ 5 to 5 nm, “ny ⁇ nz”. And (nx ⁇ nz) ⁇ d is also included in “nx ⁇ nz” when ⁇ 10 to 10 nm, preferably ⁇ 5 to 5 nm.
- the positive A plate can be typically obtained by horizontal alignment (homogeneous alignment) of rod-like liquid crystal compounds.
- the specific polymerizable liquid crystal compound described above is a rod-like liquid crystal compound, a positive A plate can be obtained by horizontal alignment on the photo-alignment film.
- the optically anisotropic film constituting the optical film of the present invention can satisfy the following formula (3) or formula (4) by using the above-mentioned specific polymerizable liquid crystal compound. Furthermore, it is preferable that the following formula (5) is satisfied.
- Re (450) represents the in-plane retardation of the optically anisotropic film at a wavelength of 450 nm
- Re (550) represents the in-plane of the optically anisotropic film at a wavelength of 550 nm. Represents retardation.
- the measurement wavelength is 550 nm.
- Rth (450) represents retardation in the thickness direction at a wavelength of 450 nm of the optically anisotropic film
- Rth (550) represents thickness direction of the optically anisotropic film in the thickness of 550 nm. Represents retardation.
- Re (550) is preferably 100 to 180 nm, more preferably 120 to 160 nm, and 130 to It is more preferably 150 nm, and particularly preferably 130 to 140 nm. Within this range, in correlation with satisfying the above-mentioned formula (3) or formula (5), it is possible to obtain an optically anisotropic film that provides polarization conversion for a quarter wavelength over a wide band in the visible light region. it can.
- the polymer support can be of any optical property.
- nx ⁇ ny ⁇ nz are to read the definition of optical anisotropy described above as a polymer support. That is, Re (550) can be ⁇ 10 to 10 nm, preferably ⁇ 5 to 5 nm, and Rth (550) can be ⁇ 10 to 10 nm, preferably ⁇ 5 to 5 nm.
- Re (550) can be ⁇ 10 to 10 nm, preferably ⁇ 5 to 5 nm
- Rth (550) can be ⁇ 10 to 10 nm, preferably ⁇ 5 to 5 nm.
- the polymer support can be a positive A plate, a negative A plate, a negative biaxial plate, a positive biaxial plate, a positive C plate, or a negative C plate.
- the optical anisotropy of nx>nz> ny can be shown.
- optical anisotropy film and the optical anisotropy of the polymer support can be appropriately designed according to the use of the optical film of the present invention as described later.
- a polarizing plate can be formed by bonding the optical film of the present invention and a polarizer.
- a polarizing plate is also formed by bonding the optical anisotropic film transferred from the optical film and a polarizer. can do.
- An example of using such a polarizing plate is a circularly polarizing plate with a positive C plate 18 schematically shown in FIG. 2 (note that the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is omitted in FIG. 2).
- the polarizer is not particularly limited as long as it is a member having a function of converting light into specific linearly polarized light, and conventionally known absorption polarizers and reflection polarizers can be used.
- the absorption polarizer include iodine-based polarizers, dye-based polarizers using dichroic dyes, and polyene-based polarizers.
- Iodine polarizer and dye polarizer include coating polarizers and stretchable polarizers, both of which can be applied. Polarized light produced by adsorbing iodine or dichroic dye to polyvinyl alcohol and stretching. A child is preferred.
- Patent No. 5048120, Patent No. 5143918, Patent No. 4691205, Patent No. 4751481 and Japanese Patent No. 4751486 can be cited, and known techniques relating to these polarizers can also be preferably used.
- the reflective polarizer a polarizer in which thin films having different birefringence are laminated, a wire grid polarizer, a polarizer in which a cholesteric liquid crystal having a selective reflection region and a quarter wavelength plate are combined, or the like is used. .
- At least one selected from the group consisting of polyvinyl alcohol resins (polymers containing —CH 2 —CHOH— as a repeating unit, in particular, polyvinyl alcohol and ethylene-vinyl alcohol copolymers, in terms of better adhesion. are preferably included.
- the thickness of the polarizer is not particularly limited, but is preferably 3 ⁇ m to 60 ⁇ m, more preferably 5 ⁇ m to 30 ⁇ m, and even more preferably 5 ⁇ m to 15 ⁇ m.
- an adhesive layer may be disposed between the optically anisotropic film transferred from the optical film of the present invention and the polarizer.
- the adhesive that can be used in the present invention include, but are not limited to, a polyvinyl alcohol-based adhesive.
- the optical film of the present invention can be incorporated into an image display device by incorporating it as an optical film as it is, or by peeling off an optical anisotropic film and incorporating it.
- the display elements used in these image display devices are not particularly limited.
- a liquid crystal cell an organic electroluminescence (hereinafter abbreviated as “EL”) display panel, a plasma display panel, and a micro LED (light emitting diode) display.
- EL organic electroluminescence
- a panel etc. are mentioned.
- it when applied to a liquid crystal cell, it can be used as an optical compensation film or a viewing angle compensation film.
- the optically anisotropic film has a retardation of ⁇ / 4 wavelength, and its slow axis is a linear polarizer.
- a circularly polarizing plate is formed by combining at 45 ° with the absorption axis, and arranged in the order of polarizer / (polymer support / photo-alignment film) / optical anisotropic film / display element (description of the adhesive layer, etc. is omitted). By doing so, it is possible to provide a function of preventing light reflected from outside the panel from reaching the observer.
- SK-2057 manufactured by Soken Chemical Co., Ltd. was used as the adhesive unless otherwise specified.
- a flask equipped with a condenser, a thermometer, and a stirrer was charged with 5 parts by mass of 2-butanone as a solvent, and refluxed by heating in a water bath while flowing 5 mL / min of nitrogen into the flask.
- a solution prepared by mixing 1 part by mass with 5 parts by mass of 2-butanone as a solvent was added dropwise over 3 hours, and the mixture was further stirred for 3 hours while maintaining the reflux state.
- the mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature and diluted by adding 30 parts by mass of 2-butanone to obtain a polymer solution of about 20% by mass.
- the obtained polymer solution is poured into a large excess of methanol to precipitate the polymer, and the collected precipitate is filtered off, washed with a large amount of methanol, and then blown and dried at 50 ° C. for 12 hours, A polymer PA-1 having a thermally crosslinkable group and a photoalignable group was obtained.
- the obtained polymer PA-1 had an epoxy equivalent of 396 and a weight average molecular weight of 28,000.
- photo-alignment film P-1 (Preparation of photo-alignment film P-1) The following photo-alignment is performed on an additive-containing polymer support (specifically, an additive-containing cellulose acylate film) produced by the method described in paragraphs [0120] to [0122] of JP-A-2018-124528.
- the film-forming composition PC-1 was continuously applied with a # 2.4 wire bar.
- the support on which the coating film was formed was dried with warm air of 140 ° C. for 120 seconds, followed by irradiation with polarized ultraviolet rays (10 mJ / cm 2 , using an ultrahigh pressure mercury lamp), whereby the photo-alignment film P-1 Formed.
- polyester compound B (specifically, 1,2-cyclohexanedicarboxylic acid and ethylene glycol described in Examples of JP-A-2015-227955 is used as an additive.
- content of the said polyester compound B is 12 mass% with respect to a cellulose acylate polymer
- content of the said compound F is 2 mass% with respect to a cellulose acylate polymer.
- Photoalignment film forming composition PC-1 ⁇ Polymer PA-1 100.00 parts by mass Photopolymerization initiator (Sun-Aid SI-B3A, manufactured by Sanshin Chemical) 5.00 parts by mass Isopropyl alcohol 16.50 parts by mass Butyl acetate 1072.00 parts by mass Methyl ethyl ketone 268.00 parts by mass ⁇
- Formation of optical film 1 The following polymerizable liquid crystal composition A-1 was coated on the photo-alignment film P-1 using a bar coater.
- the coating film formed on the photo-alignment film P-1 was heated to 180 ° C. with warm air, then cooled to 120 ° C., and ultraviolet rays of 100 mJ / cm 2 at a wavelength of 365 nm using a high-pressure mercury lamp in a nitrogen atmosphere.
- Re (550) of the optically anisotropic film A-1 was 144 nm, and it was a positive A plate showing optical anisotropy of nx> ny ⁇ nz.
- Table 3 shows the load average of the CLogP values of the liquid crystal compounds contained in the polymerizable liquid crystal composition A-1 shown below.
- the polymerizable liquid crystal compound L-1, the polymerizable liquid crystal compound L-2, and the mesogenic compound A-1 correspond to the liquid crystal compounds.
- TD80UL manufactured by FUJIFILM Corporation
- a support was subjected to alkali saponification treatment. Specifically, the support was immersed in an aqueous 1.5 N sodium hydroxide solution at 55 ° C. for 2 minutes, and the taken-out support was washed in a water bath at room temperature and 0.1 N sulfuric acid at 30 ° C. Was neutralized. Thereafter, the obtained support was washed again in a room temperature water tub and further dried with hot air at 100 ° C.
- a rolled polyvinyl alcohol film having a thickness of 80 ⁇ m was continuously stretched 5 times in an iodine aqueous solution, and the stretched film was dried to obtain a polarizer having a thickness of 20 ⁇ m.
- the obtained polarizer and a support (TD80UL) subjected to alkali saponification treatment were bonded together to obtain a polarizing plate with the polarizer exposed on one side.
- the positive alignment plate A-1 alone was transferred to the polarizing plate by peeling off the photo-alignment film and the polymer support of the optical film 1 from the polarizing plate. Subsequently, the surface of the positive C plate C-1 in the film C-1 is bonded to the surface of the transferred positive A plate A-1 using an adhesive, and the temporary support for forming the film C1 is peeled off. Thus, only the positive C plate C-1 was transferred onto the optically anisotropic film A-1, and the circularly polarizing plate 1 was produced.
- the optically anisotropic film A-2 was formed by changing the polymerizable liquid crystal composition A-1 to the following polymerizable liquid crystal composition A-2 and adjusting the thickness so that Re (550) was 144 nm.
- the optical film 2 was produced by the same method as in Example 1, and then the circularly polarizing plate 2 was produced.
- the refractive index anisotropy of the optically anisotropic film A-2 was a positive A plate with nx> ny ⁇ nz.
- Table 3 shows the load average of the CLogP values of the liquid crystal compounds contained in the polymerizable liquid crystal composition A-2 below.
- the polymerizable liquid crystal compound L-1, the polymerizable liquid crystal compound L-2, and the mesogenic compound A-1 correspond to the liquid crystal compounds.
- the optically anisotropic film A-3 was formed by changing the polymerizable liquid crystal composition A-1 to the following polymerizable liquid crystal composition A-3 and adjusting the thickness so that Re (550) was 144 nm.
- the optical film 3 was produced by the same method as in Example 1, and then the circularly polarizing plate 3 was produced.
- the refractive index anisotropy of the optically anisotropic film A-3 was a positive A plate with nx> ny ⁇ nz.
- Table 3 shows the load average of the CLogP values of the liquid crystal compounds contained in the polymerizable liquid crystal composition A-3 shown below. In the polymerizable liquid crystal composition A-3, the polymerizable liquid crystal compound L-1 and the mesogenic compound A-1 correspond to the liquid crystal compounds.
- the optically anisotropic film A-4 was formed by changing the polymerizable liquid crystal composition A-1 to the following polymerizable liquid crystal composition A-4 and adjusting the thickness so that Re (550) was 144 nm.
- the optical film 4 was produced by the same method as in Example 1, and then the circularly polarizing plate 4 was produced.
- the refractive index anisotropy of the optically anisotropic film A-4 was a positive A plate with nx> ny ⁇ nz.
- Table 3 shows the load average of the CLogP values of the liquid crystal compounds contained in the polymerizable liquid crystal composition A-4 below. In the polymerizable liquid crystal composition A-4, the polymerizable liquid crystal compound L-2 and the mesogenic compound A-1 correspond to the liquid crystal compounds.
- Example 5 A positive A plate A-5 was prepared in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the polymerizable liquid crystal composition A-1 was changed to the following polymerizable composition A-5 and the thickness was adjusted, and circularly polarized light was prepared. A plate 5 was produced. Table 3 shows the load average of the CLogP values of the liquid crystal compounds contained in the polymerizable liquid crystal composition A-5 shown below. In the polymerizable liquid crystal composition A-5, the polymerizable liquid crystal compound L-3 corresponds to the liquid crystal compound.
- Polymerizable liquid crystal composition A-5 The following polymerizable liquid crystal compound L-3 100.00 parts by mass The polymerization initiator S-1 (oxime type) 3.00 parts by mass The leveling agent (the compound T-1) 0.20 parts by mass Cyclopentanone 219.30 parts by mass ⁇
- a positive A plate A-11 was produced in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the polymerizable liquid crystal composition A-1 was changed to the following polymerizable liquid crystal composition A-11 and the thickness was adjusted, and a circular A plate A-11 was prepared. A polarizing plate 11 was produced. Table 3 shows the load average of the CLogP values of the liquid crystal compounds included in the polymerizable liquid crystal composition A-11 shown below. In the polymerizable liquid crystal composition A-11, the polymerizable liquid crystal compound L-4, the polymerizable liquid crystal compound L-5, and the mesogenic compound A-2 correspond to the liquid crystal compounds.
- Example 2 In place of the polymer PA-1 having a thermally crosslinkable group and a photoalignable group in Example 1, a composition PC-2 for forming a photoalignment film using a polymer PA-2 synthesized by the following method was used. Except for the above, the optical film 12 and the circularly polarizing plate 12 were produced in the same manner as in Example 1.
- the obtained polymer solution is poured into a large excess of methanol to precipitate the polymer, and the collected precipitate is filtered off, washed with a large amount of methanol, and then blown and dried at 50 ° C. for 12 hours, A polymer PA-2 having a thermally crosslinkable group and a photoalignable group was obtained.
- the obtained polymer PA-2 had an epoxy equivalent of 566 and a weight average molecular weight of 28,000.
- Example 3 In place of the polymer PA-1 having a thermally crosslinkable group and a photoalignment group in Example 1, a composition PC-3 for forming a photoalignment film using a polymer PA-3 synthesized by the following method was used. Except for the above, an optical film 13 and a circularly polarizing plate 13 were produced in the same manner as in Example 1.
- the obtained polymer solution is poured into a large excess of methanol to precipitate the polymer, and the collected precipitate is filtered off, washed with a large amount of methanol, and then blown and dried at 50 ° C. for 12 hours, A polymer PA-3 having a thermally crosslinkable group and a photoalignable group was obtained.
- the obtained polymer PA-3 had an epoxy equivalent of 330 and a weight average molecular weight of 28,000.
- Example 1 A photo-alignment film GP-1 was formed on the glass substrate in the same manner as in Example 1 except that a glass substrate was used instead of the polymer support and the thickness of the optically anisotropic film was adjusted so that Re (550) was 144 nm. A laminated body G1 in which the optically anisotropic film GA-1 was formed in this order was produced. Next, a circularly polarizing plate was produced in the same manner as in Example 1. The refractive index anisotropy of the optically anisotropic film GA-1 was a positive A plate with nx> ny ⁇ nz.
- Example 6> Synthesis of polymer PA-4 having thermally crosslinkable group and photo-alignment group
- polymer PA-1 of Example 1 instead of 5 parts by mass of monomer m-1 and 5 parts by mass of cyclomer M100, 6 parts by mass of monomer m-1 and 4 parts by mass of OXE-10 ( (3-Ethyloxetane-3-yl) methyl acrylate, manufactured by Osaka Organic Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) was used to obtain a polymer PA-4.
- OXE-10 (3-Ethyloxetane-3-yl) methyl acrylate, manufactured by Osaka Organic Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.
- Example 7 (Synthesis of polymer PA-5 having thermally crosslinkable group and photo-alignable group) In the synthesis of the polymer PA-1 of Example 1, instead of 5 parts by mass of monomer m-1 and 5 parts by mass of cyclomer M100, 6 parts by mass of monomer m-1 and 4 parts by mass of glycidyl methacrylate (Tokyo) Polymer PA-5 was obtained using Kasei Kogyo Co., Ltd.
- optical film 7 (Preparation of optical film 7)
- an optical film 7 was produced by the same method except that the above-described photoalignment film-forming composition PC-5 was used instead of the photoalignment film-forming composition PC-1.
- a circularly polarizing plate 7 was produced.
- ⁇ Liquid crystal alignment evaluation> The prepared optical film was placed on a polarizing microscope and the polarizing plate was made cross Nicol, and then the angle of the optical film was adjusted and set to the extinction position. Microscopic observation was performed in this state, and 10 fields of a 500 ⁇ m ⁇ 500 ⁇ m region were observed while changing the location, and the average value of the number of bright spots observed therein was evaluated as an index of liquid crystal alignment.
- the evaluation criteria were as follows. A: The number of bright spots observed in an area of 500 ⁇ m ⁇ 500 ⁇ m is less than 3 on average D: The number of bright spots observed in an area of 500 ⁇ m ⁇ 500 ⁇ m is 3 or more on average
- a positive A plate with a pressure-sensitive adhesive was prepared by pasting a pressure-sensitive adhesive on the prepared positive A plate, and the ReA (550) after maintaining this in an environment of 85 ° C. and 85% for 500 hours was evaluated according to the following criteria. did.
- C The ratio of ReA (550) after holding is 90% or more with respect to ReA (550) before holding at 85 ° C. and 85%.
- the polarizing plates 12 and 13 produced in Comparative Examples 2 and 3 have a bright spot even during black display, and in the front reflection and the 45 ° direction squint reflection, the color is different from that of neutral black. It was something you could feel.
- optically anisotropic film in the optical films of the examples exhibited reverse wavelength dispersion and excellent wet heat durability.
- the optically anisotropic film is disposed on a polymer support containing a hydrophobic low molecular weight component, extraction of the hydrophobic low molecular weight component does not occur in Reference Example 1 (example using a glass support). Applicable)). That is, it is clear that the optical film of the present invention is suitable for a roll-to-roll process, and the optically anisotropic film exhibits excellent optical properties and wet heat durability.
Landscapes
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Optics & Photonics (AREA)
- Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Nonlinear Science (AREA)
- Crystallography & Structural Chemistry (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Materials Engineering (AREA)
- Mathematical Physics (AREA)
- Manufacturing & Machinery (AREA)
- Theoretical Computer Science (AREA)
- Polarising Elements (AREA)
- Liquid Crystal (AREA)
- Addition Polymer Or Copolymer, Post-Treatments, Or Chemical Modifications (AREA)
Abstract
Description
本発明は、光学フィルム、偏光板、及び画像表示装置に関する。 The present invention relates to an optical film, a polarizing plate, and an image display device.
逆波長分散性を示す重合性化合物は、広い波長範囲での正確な光線波長の変換が可能になること、及び、高い屈折率を有するために位相差フィルムを薄膜化できること等の特徴を有しているため、盛んに研究されている(例えば、特許文献1~4参照)。
また、フィルムの生産性向上や異物欠陥の抑制を目的として、従来のラビング配向膜を用いた位相差フィルムから、光配向膜を用いた位相差フィルムへの置き換えが進んでいる(例えば、特許文献5~7参照)。
The polymerizable compound exhibiting reverse wavelength dispersion has features such as being able to convert the light wavelength accurately in a wide wavelength range and being capable of thinning the retardation film because it has a high refractive index. Therefore, it has been actively studied (see, for example, Patent Documents 1 to 4).
In addition, for the purpose of improving film productivity and suppressing foreign matter defects, a conventional retardation film using a rubbing alignment film is being replaced with a retardation film using a photo-alignment film (for example, Patent Documents). (See 5-7).
近年、各種表示装置が様々な用途に展開されるに従って、位相差フィルム(光学異方性膜)は、より厳しい湿熱環境下での使用、又は折り曲げ可能なシート状の超薄型表示装置での使用等、従来想定されていなかった使用態様への適用が求められるようになりつつある。
本発明者らは、特許文献1~3に記載された逆波長分散性を示す重合性液晶化合物について検討したところ、ClogP値を指標とした重合性液晶化合物群(以下「疎水性重合性液晶化合物」ともいう。)を選択することにより、形成される光学異方性膜の湿熱耐久性を向上できることを見出した。しかし、ロールトゥロールプロセスでの製造を可能とすべく支持体をポリマー支持体に代えると、試験的に支持体であるガラス板上に配置された光配向膜上に光学異方性膜を設けた場合と比べて光学異方性膜の配向欠陥が増加することを知見した。
In recent years, as various display devices have been developed for various applications, retardation films (optically anisotropic films) are used in more severe wet heat environments, or in foldable sheet-like ultra-thin display devices. Applications such as use, which have not been conventionally envisaged, are now being demanded.
The present inventors examined the polymerizable liquid crystal compounds having reverse wavelength dispersion described in Patent Documents 1 to 3, and found that a polymerizable liquid crystal compound group (hereinafter referred to as “hydrophobic polymerizable liquid crystal compound” using ClogP value as an index). It has been found that the wet heat durability of the optically anisotropic film to be formed can be improved by selecting "." However, when the support is replaced with a polymer support to enable production in a roll-to-roll process, an optically anisotropic film is provided on a photo-alignment film disposed on a glass plate as a test. It was found that the alignment defects of the optically anisotropic film increased compared with the case of the above.
そこで、本発明は、逆波長分散性及び湿熱耐久性に優れ、且つ配向欠陥が抑制された光学異方性膜を含む光学フィルムを提供することを課題とする。
また、本発明は、上記光学フィルム用いた偏光板、並びに、上記光学フィルム又は上記偏光板を用いた画像表示装置を提供することを課題とする。
Then, this invention makes it a subject to provide the optical film containing the optically anisotropic film which was excellent in reverse wavelength dispersion and wet heat durability, and the orientation defect was suppressed.
Another object of the present invention is to provide a polarizing plate using the optical film, and an image display device using the optical film or the polarizing plate.
本発明者らは、上記課題を解決すべく鋭意検討した結果、ポリマー支持体上に疎水性重合性液晶化合物を含む重合性液晶組成物を用いて光学異方性膜を形成する場合であっても、光配向膜形成用組成物に特定の光配向性共重合体を用いることによって、光学異方性膜の配向を均一且つ精密に制御し得る(配向欠陥が抑制された光学異方性膜を形成し得る)ことを見出して本発明を完成した。
すなわち、以下の構成により上記課題を解決できることを見出した。
As a result of intensive studies to solve the above-mentioned problems, the present inventors have formed an optically anisotropic film using a polymerizable liquid crystal composition containing a hydrophobic polymerizable liquid crystal compound on a polymer support. However, by using a specific photo-alignment copolymer in the composition for forming a photo-alignment film, the orientation of the optical anisotropic film can be controlled uniformly and precisely (an optical anisotropic film in which orientation defects are suppressed). The present invention was completed.
That is, it has been found that the above problem can be solved by the following configuration.
[1]
重合性液晶組成物から形成される光学異方性膜、光配向膜、及びポリマー支持体をこの順に含む光学フィルムであって、
重合性液晶組成物は、後述する下記式(1)で表される重合性液晶化合物を含み、
上記重合性液晶組成物に含まれる液晶化合物の各々のCLogP値の荷重平均は、10.0~20.0であり、
上記光配向膜は、熱架橋性の光配向膜形成用組成物から形成されており、
上記光配向膜形成用組成物は、後述する式(A)で表される光配向性繰り返し単位と後述する式(B)で表される熱架橋性繰り返し単位とを含む光配向性共重合体を含み、上記光配向性共重合体の熱架橋性基当量が、340~500の範囲である、光学フィルム。
[2]
上記式(1)中のmが1であり、A1及びG1がいずれも置換基を有していてもよいシクロヘキシレン基であり、E1が単結合であり、且つ、
上記式(1)中のnが1であり、A2及びG2がいずれも置換基を有していてもよいシクロヘキシレン基であり、E2が単結合である、[1]に記載の光学フィルム。
[1]
An optical film including an optically anisotropic film formed from a polymerizable liquid crystal composition, a photo-alignment film, and a polymer support in this order,
The polymerizable liquid crystal composition includes a polymerizable liquid crystal compound represented by the following formula (1) described below,
The load average of the CLogP values of the liquid crystal compounds contained in the polymerizable liquid crystal composition is 10.0 to 20.0,
The photo-alignment film is formed from a thermally crosslinkable photo-alignment film forming composition,
The composition for forming a photo-alignment film is a photo-alignment copolymer containing a photo-alignment repeating unit represented by the formula (A) described later and a thermally crosslinkable repeating unit represented by the formula (B) described later. And the photo-alignment copolymer has a thermally crosslinkable group equivalent in the range of 340 to 500.
[2]
M in the above formula (1) is 1, A 1 and G 1 are both optionally substituted cyclohexylene groups, E 1 is a single bond, and
In the above formula (1), n is 1, A 2 and G 2 are both optionally substituted cyclohexylene groups, and E 2 is a single bond, according to [1] Optical film.
[3]
上記式(1)中のAr1が、上記式(Ar-1)又は(Ar-2)で表される基を表す、[1]又は[2]に記載の光学フィルム。
[4]
上記光配向性共重合体に含まれる熱架橋性基が連鎖重合性であり、
上記光配向膜形成用組成物が、上記光配向性共重合体と、上記熱架橋性基の連鎖重合を開始させる熱重合開始剤とを含む、[1]~[3]のいずれかに記載の光学フィルム。
[3]
The optical film according to [1] or [2], wherein Ar 1 in the formula (1) represents a group represented by the formula (Ar-1) or (Ar-2).
[4]
The thermally crosslinkable group contained in the photo-alignment copolymer is chain polymerizable,
The composition for forming a photo-alignment film includes any one of [1] to [3], including the photo-alignment copolymer and a thermal polymerization initiator that initiates chain polymerization of the thermally crosslinkable group. Optical film.
[5]
上記光学異方性膜が上記光配向膜に対して剥離可能に設けられているか、又は、上記光配向膜が上記ポリマー支持体に対して剥離可能に設けられている、[1]~[4]のいずれかに記載の光学フィルム。
[6]
[1]~[5]のいずれかに記載の光学フィルムと、偏光子とを有する、偏光板。
[7]
[1]~[5]のいずれかに記載の光学フィルム、又は[6]に記載の偏光板を有する、画像表示装置。
[5]
[1] to [4] The optically anisotropic film is provided so as to be peelable from the photoalignment film, or the photoalignment film is provided so as to be peelable from the polymer support. ] The optical film in any one of.
[6]
A polarizing plate comprising the optical film according to any one of [1] to [5] and a polarizer.
[7]
An image display device comprising the optical film according to any one of [1] to [5] or the polarizing plate according to [6].
本発明によれば、逆波長分散性及び湿熱耐久性に優れ、且つ配向欠陥が抑制された光学異方性膜を含む光学フィルムを提供できる。
また、本発明によれば、上記光学フィルム用いた偏光板、並びに、上記光学フィルム又は上記偏光板を用いた画像表示装置を提供できる。
ADVANTAGE OF THE INVENTION According to this invention, the optical film containing the optical anisotropic film which was excellent in reverse wavelength dispersion and wet heat durability, and the orientation defect was suppressed can be provided.
Moreover, according to this invention, the polarizing plate using the said optical film and the image display apparatus using the said optical film or the said polarizing plate can be provided.
以下、本発明について詳細に説明する。
以下に記載する構成要件の説明は、本発明の代表的な実施態様に基づいてなされることがあるが、本発明はそのような実施態様に制限されるものではない。
なお、本明細書において、「~」を用いて表される数値範囲は、「~」の前後に記載される数値を下限値及び上限値として含む範囲を意味する。
Hereinafter, the present invention will be described in detail.
The description of the constituent elements described below may be made based on typical embodiments of the present invention, but the present invention is not limited to such embodiments.
In the present specification, a numerical range expressed using “to” means a range including numerical values described before and after “to” as a lower limit value and an upper limit value.
また、本明細書において「(メタ)アクリル」との記載は、「アクリル及びメタクリルのいずれか一方又は双方」を意図する。また、「(メタ)アクリロイル」との記載は、「アクリロイル及びメタクリロイルのいずれか一方又は双方」を意図する。 In addition, in this specification, the description “(meth) acryl” intends “one or both of acrylic and methacrylic”. Further, the description “(meth) acryloyl” intends “one or both of acryloyl and methacryloyl”.
また、本明細書において、表記される2価の基(例えば、-CO-O-)の結合方向は特に制限されず、例えば、後述する式(1)中のD1が-CO-O-である場合、G1側に結合している位置を*1、Ar1側に結合している位置を*2とすると、D1は、*1-CO-O-*2であってもよく、*1-O-CO-*2であってもよい。 In this specification, the bonding direction of a divalent group represented (for example, —CO—O—) is not particularly limited, and for example, D 1 in formula (1) described later is —CO—O—. In this case, assuming that the position bonded to the G 1 side is * 1, and the position bonded to the Ar 1 side is * 2, D 1 may be * 1-CO—O— * 2. * 1-O-CO- * 2.
[光学フィルム]
本発明の光学フィルムは、重合性液晶組成物から形成される光学異方性膜、光配向膜、及びポリマー支持体をこの順に含む。
図1は、本発明の光学フィルムの一例を示す断面模式図である。なお、図1は、模式図であり、各層の厚みの関係や位置関係等は必ずしも実際のものとは一致しない。
図1に示す光学フィルム10は、ポリマー支持体16と、光配向膜14と、光学異方性膜12とをこの順で含む。
[Optical film]
The optical film of the present invention includes an optically anisotropic film formed from a polymerizable liquid crystal composition, a photoalignment film, and a polymer support in this order.
FIG. 1 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing an example of the optical film of the present invention. FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram, and the relationship between the thicknesses of each layer, the positional relationship, and the like do not necessarily match those of an actual one.
The
後述するポリマー支持体のうち工業的に利用可能なフィルムは、フィルム物性の制御のため各種の低分子の機能性添加剤をフィルム内に含むことがある。一般にこれらの添加剤成分は湿熱条件下でも安定した性能を付与するために、疎水性である。また、ポリマー支持体を構成するポリマー自体、又はポリマー支持体の表面物性の改質を目的として設けられる表面改質層(例えば、易接着層等)を構成する成分が、原料製造の際の混入又はフィルムへの加工(例えば、ポリマーフィルムへの加工、及び表面改質層への加工等)の際の処理環境を原因として、低分子量のオリゴマー成分及び/又は疎水性の低分子量不純物を含む場合がある。
本明細書ではこれらの低分子の機能性添加剤、並びに原料製造の際の混入又はフィルムへの加工の際の処理環境を原因としてポリマー支持体内へ持ちこまれる低分子量のオリゴマー成分及び疎水性の低分子量不純物を総称して、ポリマー支持体に由来する疎水性低分子量成分と称する。
上記疎水性低分子成分の分子量は、典型的には3000以下であり、300~3000が好ましく、700~2000が好ましい。
Among the polymer supports described below, industrially usable films may contain various low molecular weight functional additives in the film in order to control film properties. In general, these additive components are hydrophobic in order to provide stable performance even under wet heat conditions. In addition, the components constituting the polymer itself constituting the polymer support or the surface modification layer (for example, an easy-adhesion layer) provided for the purpose of modifying the surface physical properties of the polymer support are mixed during raw material production. Or a low molecular weight oligomer component and / or a hydrophobic low molecular weight impurity due to a processing environment during processing into a film (for example, processing into a polymer film and processing into a surface modified layer). There is.
In the present specification, these low-molecular functional additives and low-molecular weight oligomer components and low-hydrophobic components that are brought into the polymer support due to contamination during raw material production or processing environment during processing into a film. Molecular weight impurities are collectively referred to as hydrophobic low molecular weight components derived from the polymer support.
The molecular weight of the hydrophobic low molecular weight component is typically 3000 or less, preferably 300 to 3000, and more preferably 700 to 2000.
発明者らは、上述した湿熱耐久性に優れる逆波長分散性の重合性液晶化合物を含む重合性液晶組成物を用いて光学異方性膜を形成するにあたり、支持体としてガラス板及び種々のポリマーフィルムを検討したところ、上記重合性液晶化合物は、ガラス板上に配置された従来公知の光配向膜により良好な配向状態を実現できるにも関わらず、各種ポリマーフィルム上においては配向欠陥が多く現れることを見出した。本発明者らは、上記配向欠陥の原因を追究した結果、ポリマー支持体に由来する疎水性低分子量成分が光学異方性膜へ移行して重合性液晶化合物の配向を乱しているとの仮説を得た。 When forming an optically anisotropic film using the polymerizable liquid crystal composition containing the above-described reverse-wavelength-dispersible polymerizable liquid crystal compound excellent in wet heat durability, the inventors have used a glass plate and various polymers as a support. Examination of the film revealed that the polymerizable liquid crystal compound has many alignment defects on various polymer films even though a well-known photo-alignment film disposed on the glass plate can realize a good alignment state. I found out. As a result of investigating the cause of the alignment defect, the present inventors have found that the hydrophobic low molecular weight component derived from the polymer support has shifted to the optically anisotropic film and disturbs the alignment of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound. I got a hypothesis.
発明者らは、上記仮説に基づいて鋭意検討した結果、特定の光配向膜を使用した際に、各種ポリマーフィルムを用いた場合であっても良好な配向状態を示す光学異方性膜を含む光学フィルムが得られることを見出した。つまり、逆波長分散性及び湿熱耐久性に優れ、且つ配向欠陥が抑制された光学異方性膜を含む光学フィルムが得られることを見出した。
以下、本発明の光学フィルムに用いられる種々の部材について詳細に説明する。
As a result of intensive studies based on the above hypothesis, the inventors include an optically anisotropic film that exhibits a good alignment state even when various polymer films are used when a specific photo-alignment film is used. It has been found that an optical film can be obtained. That is, it was found that an optical film including an optically anisotropic film excellent in reverse wavelength dispersion and wet heat durability and having orientation defects suppressed can be obtained.
Hereinafter, various members used in the optical film of the present invention will be described in detail.
〔光学異方性膜〕
本発明を構成する光学異方性膜は、後述する重合性液晶組成物から形成される光学異方性膜である。光学異方性膜の形成方法としては、例えば、後述する重合性液晶組成物を用いて、所望の配向状態とした後に、重合により固定化する方法等が挙げられる。
上記光学異方性膜は、逆波長分散性を示す。
(Optically anisotropic film)
The optically anisotropic film constituting the present invention is an optically anisotropic film formed from a polymerizable liquid crystal composition described later. Examples of the method for forming the optically anisotropic film include a method in which a polymerizable liquid crystal composition described later is used to obtain a desired alignment state and then fixed by polymerization.
The optically anisotropic film exhibits reverse wavelength dispersion.
上記光学異方性膜の厚みは特に制限されないが、表示装置に実装するにあたって薄型のフィルムが望まれる観点から、0.1~10μmが好ましく、0.5~5μmがより好ましい。 The thickness of the optically anisotropic film is not particularly limited, but is preferably 0.1 to 10 μm and more preferably 0.5 to 5 μm from the viewpoint that a thin film is desired for mounting on a display device.
(重合性液晶組成物)
上記光学異方性膜の形成に用いられる重合性液晶組成物は、後述する特定重合性液晶化合物を含む重合性液晶組成物であり、上記重合性液晶組成物に含まれる液晶化合物の各々のClogP値の荷重平均は、10.0~20.0である。ここで、対象となる液晶化合物は、特定重合性液晶化合物に限らず、重合性液晶組成物に含まれる全ての液晶化合物である。
また、化合物のClogP値とは、1-オクタノールと水への分配係数Pの常用対数logPを計算によって求めた値である。ClogP値の計算に用いる方法及びソフトウェアについては公知の物を用いることができるが、特に断らない限り、本発明ではCambridge soft社のChemBioDraw Ultra 13.0に組み込まれたClogPプログラムを用いることとする。なお、本発明においてはClogP値は小数点以下2桁を切り捨てた値を採用する。
荷重平均とは、各々の化合物のClogP値と、各々の化合物が液晶化合物全体の固形分量に占める割合(質量割合)との積を総和したものである。なお、液晶化合物が1種のみである場合は、その化合物のClogP値をもって荷重平均値として扱うものとする。
(Polymerizable liquid crystal composition)
The polymerizable liquid crystal composition used for forming the optically anisotropic film is a polymerizable liquid crystal composition containing a specific polymerizable liquid crystal compound described later, and each ClogP of the liquid crystal compound contained in the polymerizable liquid crystal composition. The load average of the values is 10.0 to 20.0. Here, the target liquid crystal compound is not limited to the specific polymerizable liquid crystal compound, but includes all liquid crystal compounds included in the polymerizable liquid crystal composition.
The ClogP value of the compound is a value obtained by calculating the common logarithm logP of the distribution coefficient P between 1-octanol and water. Known methods and software can be used for calculating the ClogP value. However, unless otherwise specified, the present invention uses the ClogP program incorporated in ChemBioDraw Ultra 13.0 of Cambridge software. In the present invention, the ClogP value is a value obtained by discarding two decimal places.
The load average is the sum of products of the ClogP value of each compound and the ratio (mass ratio) of each compound to the solid content of the entire liquid crystal compound. When there is only one type of liquid crystal compound, the ClogP value of that compound is treated as a load average value.
ClogPが高いことはすなわち水分子よりも疎水性分子(指標として1-オクタノール)との親和性が高いことを表している。したがって、詳細は定かでないものの、液晶化合物のClogP値の荷重平均を上述の範囲とすることによって湿熱耐久性の悪化要因となる水分子及びその他の極性成分が光学異方性膜中の液晶分子構造に作用することが抑制され、結果として湿熱耐久性が向上すると推測している。 High ClogP means that the affinity for hydrophobic molecules (1-octanol as an index) is higher than water molecules. Accordingly, although details are not clear, the liquid crystal molecular structure in the optically anisotropic film contains water molecules and other polar components that cause deterioration in wet heat durability by setting the load average of the ClogP value of the liquid crystal compound within the above range. It is speculated that the wet heat durability is improved as a result.
《特定重合性液晶化合物》
重合性液晶組成物は、下記式(1)で表される重合性液晶化合物(以下「特定重合性液晶化合物」ともいう。)を含む。特定重合性液晶化合物を硬化して光学異方性膜を形成した時、上記光学異方性膜は逆波長分散性を示す。
<< Specific polymerizable liquid crystal compound >>
The polymerizable liquid crystal composition contains a polymerizable liquid crystal compound represented by the following formula (1) (hereinafter also referred to as “specific polymerizable liquid crystal compound”). When the optically anisotropic film is formed by curing the specific polymerizable liquid crystal compound, the optically anisotropic film exhibits reverse wavelength dispersion.
式(1):
L1-SP1-(E3-A1)m-E1-G1-D1-Ar1-D2-G2-E2-(A2-E4)n-SP2-L2
Formula (1):
L 1 -SP 1- (E 3 -A 1 ) m -E 1 -G 1 -D 1 -Ar 1 -D 2 -G 2 -E 2- (A 2 -E 4 ) n -SP 2 -L 2
上記式(1)中、D1、D2、E1、E2、E3、及びE4は、それぞれ独立に、単結合、-CO-O-、-C(=S)O-、-CR1R2-、-CR1R2-CR3R4-、-O-CR1R2-、-CR1R2-O-CR3R4-、-CO-O-CR1R2-、-O-CO-CR1R2-、-CR1R2-O-CO-CR3R4-、-CR1R2-CO-O-CR3R4-、-NR1-CR2R3-、又は-CO-NR1-を表す。R1、R2、R3、及びR4は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、フッ素原子、又は炭素数1~4のアルキル基を表す。
また、上記式(1)中、G1及びG2は、それぞれ独立に、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数5~8の2価の脂環式炭化水素基を表し、上記脂環式炭化水素基を構成する-CH2-の1個以上が-O-、-S-、又は-NH-で置換されていてもよい。
また、上記式(1)中、A1及びA2は、それぞれ独立に、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~12の2価の芳香族炭化水素基、又は、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数5~8の2価の脂環式炭化水素基を表し、上記脂環式炭化水素基を構成する-CH2-の1個以上が-O-、-S-、又は-NH-で置換されていてもよい。
また、上記式(1)中、SP1及びSP2は、それぞれ独立に、単結合、炭素数1~12の直鎖状若しくは分岐鎖状のアルキレン基、又は炭素数1~12の直鎖状若しくは分岐鎖状のアルキレン基を構成する-CH2-の1個以上が-O-、-S-、-NH-、-N(Q)-、若しくは-CO-に置換された2価の連結基を表し、Qは、置換基を表す。
また、上記式(1)中、L1及びL2は、それぞれ独立に、1価の有機基を表し、L1及びL2の少なくとも一方は重合性基を表す。ただし、Ar1が、下記式(Ar-3)で表される芳香環である場合は、L1及びL2並びに下記式(Ar-3)中のL3及びL4の少なくとも1つが重合性基を表す。
また、上記式(1)中、mは、0~2の整数を表し、mが2である場合、複数のE3は、それぞれ同一であっても異なっていてもよく、複数のA1は、それぞれ同一であっても異なっていてもよい。
また、上記式(1)中、nは、0~2の整数を表し、nが2である場合、複数のE4は、それぞれ同一であっても異なっていてもよく、複数のA2は、それぞれ同一であっても異なっていてもよい。
また、上記式(1)中、Ar1は、後述する式(Ar-1)~式(Ar-5)で表される基からなる群から選択されるいずれかの芳香環を表す。
In the above formula (1), D 1 , D 2 , E 1 , E 2 , E 3 , and E 4 are each independently a single bond, —CO—O—, —C (═S) O—, — CR 1 R 2 —, —CR 1 R 2 —CR 3 R 4 —, —O—CR 1 R 2 —, —CR 1 R 2 —O—CR 3 R 4 —, —CO—O—CR 1 R 2 —, —O—CO—CR 1 R 2 —, —CR 1 R 2 —O—CO—CR 3 R 4 —, —CR 1 R 2 —CO—O—CR 3 R 4 —, —NR 1 —CR 2 R 3 — or —CO—NR 1 — is represented. R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , and R 4 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
In the above formula (1), G 1 and G 2 each independently represent a divalent alicyclic hydrocarbon group having 5 to 8 carbon atoms which may have a substituent. One or more of —CH 2 — constituting the formula hydrocarbon group may be substituted with —O—, —S—, or —NH—.
In the above formula (1), A 1 and A 2 each independently have a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms which may have a substituent or a substituent. Represents a divalent alicyclic hydrocarbon group having 5 to 8 carbon atoms, and at least one of —CH 2 — constituting the alicyclic hydrocarbon group is —O—, —S—, Alternatively, it may be substituted with -NH-.
In the above formula (1), SP 1 and SP 2 are each independently a single bond, a linear or branched alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, or a linear chain having 1 to 12 carbon atoms. Or a divalent linkage in which one or more of —CH 2 — constituting the branched alkylene group is substituted with —O—, —S—, —NH—, —N (Q) —, or —CO—. Represents a group, Q represents a substituent.
In the formula (1), L 1 and L 2 each independently represent a monovalent organic group, and at least one of L 1 and L 2 represents a polymerizable group. However, when Ar 1 is an aromatic ring represented by the following formula (Ar-3), at least one of L 1 and L 2 and L 3 and L 4 in the following formula (Ar-3) is polymerizable. Represents a group.
In the above formula (1), m represents an integer of 0 to 2, and when m is 2, the plurality of E 3 may be the same or different, and the plurality of A 1 are May be the same or different.
In the above formula (1), n represents an integer of 0 to 2, and when n is 2, the plurality of E 4 may be the same or different, and the plurality of A 2 are May be the same or different.
In the above formula (1), Ar 1 represents any aromatic ring selected from the group consisting of groups represented by formulas (Ar-1) to (Ar-5) described later.
上記R1、R2、R3、及びR4が示す炭素数1~4のアルキル基としては、直鎖状、分岐鎖状、又は環状のいずれであってもよく、具体的には、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、イソプロピル基、n-ブチル基、イソブチル基、sec-ブチル基、及びtert-ブチル基等が挙げられる。 The alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms represented by R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , and R 4 may be linear, branched, or cyclic. Specifically, methyl Group, ethyl group, propyl group, isopropyl group, n-butyl group, isobutyl group, sec-butyl group, tert-butyl group and the like.
上記式(1)中、G1及びG2が示す炭素数5~8の2価の脂環式炭化水素基としては、5員環又は6員環であることが好ましい。また、脂環式炭化水素基は、飽和でも不飽和でもよいが飽和脂環式炭化水素基が好ましい。G1及びG2で表される2価の脂環式炭化水素基としては、例えば、特開2012-21068号公報の[0078]段落の記載を参酌でき、この内容は本願明細書に組み込まれる。
これらのうち、シクロヘキシレン基(シクロヘキサン環に由来する2価の基)が好ましく、1,4-シクロヘキシレン基がより好ましく、トランス-1,4-シクロヘキシレン基が更に好ましい。
また、上記式(1)中、G1及びG2が示す炭素数5~8の2価の脂環式炭化水素基が有していてもよい置換基としては、後述する式(Ar-1)中のY1が示す炭素数6~12の芳香族炭化水素基及び炭素数3~12の芳香族複素環基が有してもよい置換基と同様のものが挙げられる。
In the above formula (1), the divalent alicyclic hydrocarbon group having 5 to 8 carbon atoms represented by G 1 and G 2 is preferably a 5-membered ring or a 6-membered ring. The alicyclic hydrocarbon group may be saturated or unsaturated, but is preferably a saturated alicyclic hydrocarbon group. As the divalent alicyclic hydrocarbon group represented by G 1 and G 2 , for example, the description in paragraph [0078] of JP2012-21068A can be referred to, and the contents thereof are incorporated in the present specification. .
Of these, a cyclohexylene group (a divalent group derived from a cyclohexane ring) is preferable, a 1,4-cyclohexylene group is more preferable, and a trans-1,4-cyclohexylene group is still more preferable.
In the above formula (1), the substituent that the divalent alicyclic hydrocarbon group having 5 to 8 carbon atoms represented by G 1 and G 2 may have is represented by the following formula (Ar-1 And the same substituents as those which may be possessed by the aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms and the aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 to 12 carbon atoms represented by Y 1 in the formula ( 1 ).
上記式(1)中、A1及びA2が示す炭素数6~12の2価の芳香族炭化水素基としては、1,2-フェニレン基、1,3-フェニレン基、1,4-フェニレン基、1,4-ナフチレン基、1,5-ナフチレン基、及び2,6-ナフチレン基等が挙げられ、なかでも、1,4-フェニレン基が好ましく、トランス-1,4-フェニレン基がより好ましい。
また、A1及びA2が示す炭素数5~8の2価の脂環式炭化水素基としては、上記式(1)中のG1及びG2で説明したものと同様のものが挙げられ、シクロヘキシレン基(シクロヘキサン環に由来する2価の基)が好ましく、1,4-シクロヘキシレン基がより好ましく、トランス-1,4-シクロヘキシレン基が更に好ましい。
また、上記式(1)中、A1及びA2が示す炭素数6~12の2価の芳香族炭化水素基及び炭素数5~8の2価の脂環式炭化水素基が有していてもよい置換基としては、後述する式(Ar-1)中のY1が示す炭素数6~12の芳香族炭化水素基及び炭素数3~12の芳香族複素環基が有してもよい置換基と同様のものが挙げられる。
In the above formula (1), the divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms represented by A 1 and A 2 includes 1,2-phenylene group, 1,3-phenylene group, 1,4-phenylene Group, 1,4-naphthylene group, 1,5-naphthylene group, 2,6-naphthylene group and the like. Among them, 1,4-phenylene group is preferable, and trans-1,4-phenylene group is more preferable. preferable.
Examples of the divalent alicyclic hydrocarbon group having 5 to 8 carbon atoms represented by A 1 and A 2 include the same groups as those described for G 1 and G 2 in the above formula (1). A cyclohexylene group (a divalent group derived from a cyclohexane ring) is preferred, a 1,4-cyclohexylene group is more preferred, and a trans-1,4-cyclohexylene group is still more preferred.
In addition, in the above formula (1), the divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms and the divalent alicyclic hydrocarbon group having 5 to 8 carbon atoms represented by A 1 and A 2 have. The substituent may be an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms and an aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 to 12 carbon atoms represented by Y 1 in the formula (Ar-1) described later. The thing similar to a good substituent is mentioned.
上記式(1)中、SP1及びSP2が示す炭素数1~12の直鎖状若しくは分岐鎖状のアルキレン基としては、例えば、メチレン基、エチレン基、プロピレン基、ブチレン基、ペンチレン基、ヘキシレン基、メチルヘキシレン基、又はヘプチレン基等が好ましい。なお、SP1及びSP2は、上述した通り、炭素数1~12の直鎖状若しくは分岐鎖状のアルキレン基を構成する-CH2-の1個以上が-O-、-S-、-NH-、-N(Q)-、若しくは-CO-に置換された2価の連結基であってもよく、Qで表される置換基としては、後述する式(Ar-1)中のY1が示す炭素数6~12の芳香族炭化水素基及び炭素数3~12の芳香族複素環基が有してもよい置換基と同様のものが挙げられる。 In the above formula (1), examples of the linear or branched alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms represented by SP 1 and SP 2 include a methylene group, an ethylene group, a propylene group, a butylene group, a pentylene group, A hexylene group, a methylhexylene group, a heptylene group, or the like is preferable. SP 1 and SP 2 are as described above, wherein one or more of —CH 2 — constituting a linear or branched alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms is —O—, —S—, — It may be a divalent linking group substituted by NH—, —N (Q) —, or —CO—, and examples of the substituent represented by Q include Y in formula (Ar-1) described later. 1 is an aromatic heterocyclic group of aromatic hydrocarbon group and having 3 to 12 carbon atoms of 6 to 12 carbon atoms include the same substituent which may have indicated.
上記式(1)中、L1及びL2が示す1価の有機基としては、例えば、アルキル基、アリール基、ヘテロアリール基、及びシアノ基等が挙げられる。
アルキル基としては、直鎖状、分岐鎖状、又は環状であってもよいが、直鎖状が好ましい。アルキル基の炭素数は、1~30が好ましく、1~20がより好ましく、1~10が更に好ましい。
また、アリール基は、単環であっても多環であってもよいが単環が好ましい。アリール基の炭素数は、6~25が好ましく、6~10がより好ましい。
また、ヘテロアリール基は、単環であっても多環であってもよい。ヘテロアリール基を構成するヘテロ原子の数は1~3が好ましい。ヘテロアリール基を構成するヘテロ原子は、窒素原子、硫黄原子、又は酸素原子が好ましい。ヘテロアリール基の炭素数は、6~18が好ましく、6~12がより好ましい。また、アルキル基、アリール基、及びヘテロアリール基は、無置換であってもよく、置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、後述する式(Ar-1)中のY1が示す炭素数6~12の芳香族炭化水素基及び炭素数3~12の芳香族複素環基が有してもよい置換基と同様のものが挙げられる。
In the above formula (1), examples of the monovalent organic group represented by L 1 and L 2 include an alkyl group, an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, and a cyano group.
The alkyl group may be linear, branched or cyclic, but is preferably linear. The alkyl group preferably has 1 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and still more preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
The aryl group may be monocyclic or polycyclic but is preferably monocyclic. The aryl group preferably has 6 to 25 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 10 carbon atoms.
The heteroaryl group may be monocyclic or polycyclic. The number of heteroatoms constituting the heteroaryl group is preferably 1 to 3. The hetero atom constituting the heteroaryl group is preferably a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom, or an oxygen atom. The carbon number of the heteroaryl group is preferably 6-18, more preferably 6-12. Further, the alkyl group, aryl group, and heteroaryl group may be unsubstituted or may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a substituent that may be possessed by an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms and an aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 to 12 carbon atoms represented by Y 1 in formula (Ar-1) described later. The same thing is mentioned.
上記式(1)中、L1及びL2の少なくとも一方が示す重合性基は、特に制限されないが、ラジカル重合が可能な重合性基(ラジカル重合性基)又はカチオン重合が可能な重合性基(カチオン重合性基)が好ましい。
ラジカル重合性基としては、一般に知られているラジカル重合性基を用いることができ、アクリロイル基又はメタクリロイル基が好ましい。アクリロイル基及びメタクリロイル基を比較すると、一般的にアクリロイル基の重合速度の方が速いことが知られており、生産性向上の観点からアクリロイル基が好ましいが、メタクリロイル基も重合性基として同様に使用できる。
カチオン重合性基としては、一般に知られているカチオン重合性を用いることができ、具体的には、脂環式エーテル基、環状アセタール基、環状ラクトン基、環状チオエーテル基、スピロオルソエステル基、及びビニルオキシ基等が挙げられる。なかでも、脂環式エーテル基、又はビニルオキシ基が好ましく、エポキシ基、オキセタニル基、又はビニルオキシ基がより好ましい。
重合性基としては、なかでも、下記に例示するものが好ましい。
In the above formula (1), the polymerizable group represented by at least one of L 1 and L 2 is not particularly limited, but a polymerizable group capable of radical polymerization (radical polymerizable group) or a polymerizable group capable of cationic polymerization. (Cationically polymerizable group) is preferred.
As the radical polymerizable group, a generally known radical polymerizable group can be used, and an acryloyl group or a methacryloyl group is preferable. Comparing the acryloyl group and the methacryloyl group, it is generally known that the polymerization rate of the acryloyl group is faster, and the acryloyl group is preferable from the viewpoint of productivity improvement, but the methacryloyl group is also used as the polymerizable group. it can.
As the cationic polymerizable group, generally known cationic polymerizable can be used. Specifically, an alicyclic ether group, a cyclic acetal group, a cyclic lactone group, a cyclic thioether group, a spiro orthoester group, and A vinyloxy group etc. are mentioned. Among these, an alicyclic ether group or a vinyloxy group is preferable, and an epoxy group, an oxetanyl group, or a vinyloxy group is more preferable.
As the polymerizable group, those exemplified below are preferable.
上記式(1)中、湿熱耐久性がより良好となる理由から、上記式(1)中のL1及びL2が、いずれも重合性基であることが好ましく、アクリロイル基又はメタクリロイル基であることがより好ましい。 In the above formula (1), it is preferable that L 1 and L 2 in the above formula (1) are both polymerizable groups, and are an acryloyl group or a methacryloyl group, for better wet heat durability. It is more preferable.
一方、上記式(1)中、Ar1は、下記式(Ar-1)~式(Ar-5)で表される基からなる群から選択されるいずれかの芳香環を表す。なお、下記式(Ar-1)~式(Ar-5)中、*は、上記式(I)中のD1又はD2との結合位置を表す。
以下において、式(Ar-1)~式(Ar-5)について説明する。
On the other hand, in the above formula (1), Ar 1 represents any aromatic ring selected from the group consisting of groups represented by the following formulas (Ar-1) to (Ar-5). In the following formulas (Ar-1) to (Ar-5), * represents a bonding position with D 1 or D 2 in the above formula (I).
Hereinafter, formulas (Ar-1) to (Ar-5) will be described.
ここで、上記式(Ar-1)中、Q1は、N、又はCHを表す。
また、Q2は、-S-、-O-、又は-N(R5)-を表し、R5は、水素原子又は炭素数1~6のアルキル基を表す。
また、Y1は、置換基を有してもよい炭素数6~12の芳香族炭化水素基、又は置換基を有してもよい炭素数3~12の芳香族複素環基を表す。
Here, in the formula (Ar-1), Q 1 represents N or CH.
Q 2 represents —S—, —O—, or —N (R 5 ) —, and R 5 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
Y 1 represents an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms which may have a substituent or an aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 to 12 carbon atoms which may have a substituent.
R5が示す炭素数1~6のアルキル基としては、具体的には、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、イソプロピル基、n-ブチル基、イソブチル基、sec-ブチル基、tert-ブチル基、n-ペンチル基、及びn-ヘキシル基等が挙げられる。
Y1が示す炭素数6~12の芳香族炭化水素基としては、例えば、フェニル基、2,6-ジエチルフェニル基、及びナフチル基等のアリール基が挙げられる。
Y1が示す炭素数3~12の芳香族複素環基としては、例えば、チエニル基、チアゾリル基、フリル基、及びピリジル基等のヘテロアリール基が挙げられる。
また、Y1が示す炭素数6~12の芳香族炭化水素基及び炭素数3~12の芳香族複素環基が有してもよい置換基としては、例えば、アルキル基、アルコキシ基、及びハロゲン原子等が挙げられる。
アルキル基としては、例えば、炭素数1~18の直鎖状、分岐鎖状、又は環状のアルキル基が好ましく、炭素数1~8のアルキル基(例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、イソプロピル基、n-ブチル基、イソブチル基、sec-ブチル基、t-ブチル基、及びシクロヘキシル基等)がより好ましく、炭素数1~4のアルキル基が更に好ましく、メチル基又はエチル基が特に好ましい。
アルコキシ基としては、例えば、炭素数1~18のアルコキシ基が好ましく、炭素数1~8のアルコキシ基(例えば、メトキシ基、エトキシ基、n-ブトキシ基、及びメトキシエトキシ基等)がより好ましく、炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基が更に好ましく、メトキシ基又はエトキシ基が特に好ましい。
ハロゲン原子としては、例えば、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、及びヨウ素原子等が挙げられ、なかでも、フッ素原子、又は塩素原子が好ましい。
Specific examples of the alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms represented by R 5 include methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, isopropyl group, n-butyl group, isobutyl group, sec-butyl group, tert-butyl group, Examples thereof include an n-pentyl group and an n-hexyl group.
Examples of the aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms represented by Y 1 include aryl groups such as a phenyl group, a 2,6-diethylphenyl group, and a naphthyl group.
Examples of the aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 to 12 carbon atoms represented by Y 1 include heteroaryl groups such as thienyl group, thiazolyl group, furyl group, and pyridyl group.
Examples of the substituent that the aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms and the aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 to 12 carbon atoms represented by Y 1 may have include an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, and a halogen atom. An atom etc. are mentioned.
As the alkyl group, for example, a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms is preferable, and an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms (for example, methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, isopropyl group) Group, n-butyl group, isobutyl group, sec-butyl group, t-butyl group, cyclohexyl group, etc.), more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably a methyl group or an ethyl group.
As the alkoxy group, for example, an alkoxy group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms is preferable, and an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms (for example, a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, an n-butoxy group, and a methoxyethoxy group) is more preferable. An alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms is more preferable, and a methoxy group or an ethoxy group is particularly preferable.
As a halogen atom, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, an iodine atom etc. are mentioned, for example, Among these, a fluorine atom or a chlorine atom is preferable.
また、上記式(Ar-1)~式(Ar-5)中、Z1、Z2、及びZ3は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、炭素数1~20の1価の直鎖状、又は分岐鎖状の脂肪族炭化水素基、炭素数3~20の1価の脂環式炭化水素基、炭素数6~20の1価の芳香族炭化水素基、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基、-OR6、-NR7R8、-SR9、-COORX、又は-OCORYを表し、R6~R9、RX、及びRYは、それぞれ独立に、水素原子又は炭素数1~6のアルキル基を表し、Z1及びZ2は、互いに結合して芳香環を形成してもよい。
炭素数1~20の1価の直鎖状、又は分岐鎖状の脂肪族炭化水素基としては、炭素数1~15のアルキル基が好ましく、炭素数1~8のアルキル基がより好ましく、具体的には、メチル基(Me)、エチル基、イソプロピル基、tert-ペンチル基(1,1-ジメチルプロピル基)、tert-ブチル基(tBu)、又は1,1-ジメチル-3,3-ジメチル-ブチル基が更に好ましく、メチル基、エチル基、又はtert-ブチル基が特に好ましい。
炭素数3~20の1価の脂環式炭化水素基としては、例えば、シクロプロピル基、シクロブチル基、シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基、シクロヘプチル基、シクロオクチル基、シクロデシル基、メチルシクロヘキシル基、及びエチルシクロヘキシル基等の単環式飽和炭化水素基;シクロブテニル基、シクロペンテニル基、シクロヘキセニル基、シクロヘプテニル基、シクロオクテニル基、シクロデセニル基、シクロペンタジエニル基、シクロヘキサジエニル基、シクロオクタジエニル基、及びシクロデカジエン等の単環式不飽和炭化水素基;ビシクロ[2.2.1]ヘプチル基、ビシクロ[2.2.2]オクチル基、トリシクロ[5.2.1.02,6]デシル基、トリシクロ[3.3.1.13,7]デシル基、テトラシクロ[6.2.1.13,6.02,7]ドデシル基、及びアダマンチル基等の多環式飽和炭化水素基;等が挙げられる。
炭素数6~20の1価の芳香族炭化水素基としては、具体的には、例えば、フェニル基、2,6-ジエチルフェニル基、ナフチル基、及びビフェニル基等が挙げられ、炭素数6~12のアリール基(特にフェニル基)が好ましい。
ハロゲン原子としては、例えば、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、及びヨウ素原子等が挙げられ、なかでも、フッ素原子、塩素原子、又は臭素原子が好ましい。
一方、R6~R9、RX、及びRYが示す炭素数1~6のアルキル基としては、具体的には、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、イソプロピル基、n-ブチル基、イソブチル基、sec-ブチル基、tert-ブチル基、n-ペンチル基、及びn-ヘキシル基等が挙げられる。
In the formulas (Ar-1) to (Ar-5), Z 1 , Z 2 , and Z 3 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a monovalent straight chain having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, or Branched aliphatic hydrocarbon group, monovalent alicyclic hydrocarbon group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, monovalent aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, halogen atom, cyano group, nitro group, —OR 6 , —NR 7 R 8 , —SR 9 , —COOR X , or —OCOR Y is represented, and R 6 to R 9 , R X , and R Y each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a carbon number of 1 to 6 represents an alkyl group, and Z 1 and Z 2 may combine with each other to form an aromatic ring.
As the monovalent linear or branched aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, an alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms is preferable, and an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms is more preferable. Specifically, methyl group (Me), ethyl group, isopropyl group, tert-pentyl group (1,1-dimethylpropyl group), tert-butyl group (tBu), or 1,1-dimethyl-3,3-dimethyl group A -butyl group is more preferable, and a methyl group, an ethyl group, or a tert-butyl group is particularly preferable.
Examples of the monovalent alicyclic hydrocarbon group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms include cyclopropyl group, cyclobutyl group, cyclopentyl group, cyclohexyl group, cycloheptyl group, cyclooctyl group, cyclodecyl group, methylcyclohexyl group, and ethyl. Monocyclic saturated hydrocarbon groups such as cyclohexyl group; cyclobutenyl group, cyclopentenyl group, cyclohexenyl group, cycloheptenyl group, cyclooctenyl group, cyclodecenyl group, cyclopentadienyl group, cyclohexadienyl group, cyclooctadienyl group, and Monocyclic unsaturated hydrocarbon groups such as cyclodecadiene; bicyclo [2.2.1] heptyl group, bicyclo [2.2.2] octyl group, tricyclo [5.2.1.0 2,6 ] decyl Group, tricyclo [3.3.1.1 3,7 ] decyl group, tetracyclo [6. 2.1.1 3,6 . 0 2,7 ] dodecyl group, polycyclic saturated hydrocarbon group such as adamantyl group, and the like.
Specific examples of the monovalent aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms include a phenyl group, a 2,6-diethylphenyl group, a naphthyl group, and a biphenyl group. Twelve aryl groups (especially phenyl groups) are preferred.
As a halogen atom, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, an iodine atom, etc. are mentioned, for example, Among these, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, or a bromine atom is preferable.
On the other hand, specific examples of the alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms represented by R 6 to R 9 , R X , and R Y include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group, an n-butyl group, and an isobutyl group. Group, sec-butyl group, tert-butyl group, n-pentyl group, n-hexyl group and the like.
また、上記式(Ar-2)及び上記式(Ar-3)中、A3及びA4は、それぞれ独立に、-O-、-N(R10)-、-S-、及び-CO-からなる群から選択される基を表し、R10は、水素原子又は置換基を表す。置換基としては、上述した式(Ar-1)中のY1が示す炭素数6~12の芳香族炭化水素基及び炭素数3~12の芳香族複素環基が有してもよい置換基と同様のものが挙げられる。 In the formula (Ar-2) and the formula (Ar-3), A 3 and A 4 are each independently —O—, —N (R 10 ) —, —S—, and —CO—. Represents a group selected from the group consisting of: R 10 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a substituent that may be possessed by the aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms and the aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 to 12 carbon atoms represented by Y 1 in the formula (Ar-1). The same thing is mentioned.
また、上記式(Ar-2)中、Xは、水素原子又は置換基が結合していてもよい第14~16族の非金属原子を表す。
また、Xが示す第14~16族の非金属原子としては、例えば、酸素原子、硫黄原子、置換基を有する窒素原子、及び置換基を有する炭素原子が挙げられ、置換基としては、具体的には、アルキル基、アルコキシ基、アルキル置換アルコキシ基、環状アルキル基、アリール基(例えば、フェニル基、ナフチル基等)、シアノ基、アミノ基、ニトロ基、アルキルカルボニル基、スルホ基、及び水酸基等が挙げられる。
Further, in the above formula (Ar-2), X represents a hydrogen atom or a non-metal atom of
In addition, examples of the non-metal atoms of
また、上記式(Ar-3)中、D3及びD4は、それぞれ独立に、単結合、-CO-O-、-C(=S)O-、-CR1R2-、-CR1R2-CR3R4-、-O-CR1R2-、-CR1R2-O-CR3R4-、-CO-O-CR1R2-、-O-CO-CR1R2-、-CR1R2-O-CO-CR3R4-、-CR1R2-CO-O-CR3R4-、-NR1-CR2R3-、又は-CO-NR1-を表す。R1、R2、R3、及びR4は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、フッ素原子、又は炭素数1~4のアルキル基を表す。
上記R1、R2、R3、及びR4が示す炭素数1~4のアルキル基としては、直鎖状、分岐鎖状、又は環状のいずれであってもよく、具体的には、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、イソプロピル基、n-ブチル基、イソブチル基、sec-ブチル基、及びtert-ブチル基等が挙げられる。
In the above formula (Ar-3), D 3 and D 4 each independently represent a single bond, —CO—O—, —C (═S) O—, —CR 1 R 2 —, —CR 1 R 2 —CR 3 R 4 —, —O—CR 1 R 2 —, —CR 1 R 2 —O—CR 3 R 4 —, —CO—O—CR 1 R 2 —, —O—CO—CR 1 R 2 —, —CR 1 R 2 —O—CO—CR 3 R 4 —, —CR 1 R 2 —CO—O—CR 3 R 4 —, —NR 1 —CR 2 R 3 —, or —CO— NR 1 -is represented. R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , and R 4 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
The alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms represented by R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , and R 4 may be linear, branched, or cyclic. Specifically, methyl Group, ethyl group, propyl group, isopropyl group, n-butyl group, isobutyl group, sec-butyl group, tert-butyl group and the like.
また、上記式(Ar-3)中、SP3及びSP4は、それぞれ独立に、単結合、炭素数1~12の直鎖状若しくは分岐鎖状のアルキレン基、又は炭素数1~12の直鎖状若しくは分岐鎖状のアルキレン基を構成する-CH2-の1個以上が-O-、-S-、-NH-、-N(Q)-、若しくは-CO-に置換された2価の連結基を表し、Qは、置換基を表す。
上記SP3及びSP4が示す炭素数1~12の直鎖状若しくは分岐鎖状のアルキレン基としては、上記式(1)中のSP1及びSP2において説明したものと同様のものが挙げられる。
Qが示す置換基としては、上記式(Ar-1)中のY1が示す炭素数6~12の芳香族炭化水素基及び炭素数3~12の芳香族複素環基が有してもよい置換基と同様のものが挙げられる。
In the above formula (Ar-3), each of SP 3 and SP 4 independently represents a single bond, a linear or branched alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, or a straight chain having 1 to 12 carbon atoms. A divalent group in which one or more of —CH 2 — constituting a chain or branched alkylene group is substituted with —O—, —S—, —NH—, —N (Q) —, or —CO—. Q represents a substituent.
Examples of the linear or branched alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms represented by SP 3 and SP 4 include the same as those described for SP 1 and SP 2 in the above formula (1). .
The substituent represented by Q may have an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms and an aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 to 12 carbon atoms represented by Y 1 in the formula (Ar-1). The same thing as a substituent is mentioned.
また、上記式(Ar-3)中、L3及びL4は、それぞれ独立に1価の有機基を表し、L3及びL4並びに上記式(1)中のL1及びL2の少なくとも1つが重合性基を表す。
上記L3及びL4が示す1価の有機基としては、上記式(1)中のL1及びL2において説明したものと同様のものが挙げられる。
また、重合性基としては、上記式(1)中のL1及びL2において説明したものと同様のものが挙げられる。
In the formula (Ar-3), L 3 and L 4 each independently represent a monovalent organic group, and L 3 and L 4 and at least one of L 1 and L 2 in the formula (1) Represents a polymerizable group.
Examples of the monovalent organic group represented by L 3 and L 4 include the same groups as those described for L 1 and L 2 in the above formula (1).
Further, the polymerizable group include the same as those described in L 1 and L 2 in the formula (1).
また、上記式(Ar-4)及び上記式(Ar-5)中、Axは、芳香族炭化水素環及び芳香族複素環からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1つの芳香環を有する、炭素数2~30の有機基を表す。
また、上記式(Ar-4)及び上記式(Ar-5)中、Ayは、水素原子、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~12のアルキル基、又は、芳香族炭化水素環及び芳香族複素環からなる群から選択される少なくとも1つの芳香環を有する、炭素数2~30の有機基を表す。
ここで、Ax及びAyにおける芳香環は、置換基を有していてもよく、AxとAyとが結合して環を形成していてもよい。
また、上記式(Ar-4)及び上記式(Ar-5)中、Q3は、水素原子、又は置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~6のアルキル基を表す。
In the formula (Ar-4) and the formula (Ar-5), Ax has at least one aromatic ring selected from the group consisting of an aromatic hydrocarbon ring and an aromatic heterocyclic ring, and has 2 to 30 organic groups are represented.
In the above formulas (Ar-4) and (Ar-5), Ay represents a hydrogen atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, or an aromatic hydrocarbon ring. And an organic group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms and having at least one aromatic ring selected from the group consisting of aromatic heterocycles.
Here, the aromatic ring in Ax and Ay may have a substituent, and Ax and Ay may combine to form a ring.
In the above formulas (Ar-4) and (Ar-5), Q 3 represents a hydrogen atom or an optionally substituted alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
Ax及びAyとしては、特許文献2(国際公開第2014/010325号)の[0039]~[0095]段落に記載されたものが挙げられる。
また、Q3が示す炭素数1~6のアルキル基としては、具体的には、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、イソプロピル基、n-ブチル基、イソブチル基、sec-ブチル基、tert-ブチル基、n-ペンチル基、及びn-ヘキシル基等が挙げられる。また、Q3が示す炭素数1~6のアルキル基が有していてもよい置換基としては、上記式(Ar-1)中のY1が示す炭素数6~12の芳香族炭化水素基及び炭素数3~12の芳香族複素環基が有してもよい置換基と同様のものが挙げられる。
Examples of Ax and Ay include those described in paragraphs [0039] to [0095] of Patent Document 2 (International Publication No. 2014/010325).
Specific examples of the alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms represented by Q 3 include methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, isopropyl group, n-butyl group, isobutyl group, sec-butyl group, and tert-butyl. Group, n-pentyl group, n-hexyl group and the like. In addition, examples of the substituent that the alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms represented by Q 3 may have include an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms represented by Y 1 in the above formula (Ar-1). And the same substituents that the aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 to 12 carbon atoms may have.
特定重合性液晶化合物としては、ClogP値が高く、且つ形成される光学異方性膜の湿熱耐久性がより良好となる理由から、上記式(1)において、mが1であり、A1及びG1がいずれも置換基を有していてもよいシクロヘキシレン基であり、E1が単結合であり、nが1であり、A2及びG2がいずれも置換基を有していてもよいシクロヘキシレン基であり、且つE2が単結合である化合物が好ましい。
また、ClogP値が高く、且つ形成される光学異方性膜の湿熱耐久性がより良好となる理由から、上記式(1)中、Ar1は、式(Ar-1)又は上記式(Ar-2)で表される基が好ましい。
As the specific polymerizable liquid crystal compound, in the above formula (1), m is 1, and A 1 and A 1 because the ClogP value is high and the wet-heat durability of the formed optically anisotropic film becomes better G 1 is an optionally substituted cyclohexylene group, E 1 is a single bond, n is 1, and A 2 and G 2 both have a substituent. A compound which is a good cyclohexylene group and E 2 is a single bond is preferable.
In the above formula (1), Ar 1 is the formula (Ar-1) or the above formula (Ar) because the ClogP value is high and the wet-heat durability of the formed optically anisotropic film is better. -2) is preferred.
また、耐光性がより良好となる理由から、上記式(1)中のAr1の構造から導かれる、HO-Ar1-OHで表されるジフェノール化合物のpKaが11以下であることが好ましい。
ここで、pKaは、25℃におけるテトラヒドロフラン(THF)/水=6/4の体積比である混合溶媒中における酸解離定数の値である。
本発明における酸解離定数の測定方法としては、丸善(株)刊 実験化学講座第2版の215ページ~217ページに記載のアルカリ適定法を用いることができる。
Further, for reasons of better light resistance, the pKa of the diphenol compound represented by HO—Ar 1 —OH derived from the structure of Ar 1 in the above formula (1) is preferably 11 or less. .
Here, pKa is a value of an acid dissociation constant in a mixed solvent having a volume ratio of tetrahydrofuran (THF) / water = 6/4 at 25 ° C.
As the method for measuring the acid dissociation constant in the present invention, the alkali titration method described on pages 215 to 217 of Experimental Chemistry Course Second Edition published by Maruzen Co., Ltd. can be used.
特定重合性液晶化合物としては、例えば、下記式(1-1)~式(1-14)で表される化合物が好ましく、具体的には、下記式(1-1)~式(1-14)中のK(側鎖構造)として、下記表1及び表2に示す側鎖構造を有する化合物がそれぞれ挙げられる。
なお、下記表1及び表2中、Kの側鎖構造に示される「*」は、芳香環との結合位置を表す。
また、下記表1中の1-2及び下記表2中の2-2で表される側鎖構造において、それぞれアクリロイルオキシ基及びメタクリロイル基に隣接する基は、プロピレン基(メチル基がエチレン基に置換した基)を表し、メチル基の位置が異なる位置異性体の混合物を表す。
As the specific polymerizable liquid crystal compound, for example, compounds represented by the following formulas (1-1) to (1-14) are preferable, and specifically, the following formulas (1-1) to (1-14) ) (Side chain structure) in () includes compounds having side chain structures shown in Table 1 and Table 2 below.
In Tables 1 and 2 below, “*” shown in the side chain structure of K represents the bonding position with the aromatic ring.
In the side chain structures represented by 1-2 in the following Table 1 and 2-2 in the following Table 2, the groups adjacent to the acryloyloxy group and the methacryloyl group are each a propylene group (a methyl group is an ethylene group). Represents a substituted group), and represents a mixture of positional isomers having different methyl group positions.
《他の重合性化合物》
重合性液晶組成物は、上述した特定重合性液晶化合物以外に、重合性基を1個以上有する他の重合性化合物を含んでいてもよい。
ここで、他の重合性化合物が有する重合性基は特に制限されず、例えば、(メタ)アクリロイル基、ビニル基、スチリル基、及びアリル基等が挙げられる。重合性基としては、なかでも、(メタ)アクリロイル基が好ましい。
<< Other polymerizable compounds >>
The polymerizable liquid crystal composition may contain other polymerizable compound having one or more polymerizable groups in addition to the specific polymerizable liquid crystal compound described above.
Here, the polymerizable group that the other polymerizable compound has is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a (meth) acryloyl group, a vinyl group, a styryl group, and an allyl group. Among these, a (meth) acryloyl group is preferable as the polymerizable group.
他の重合性化合物としては、形成される光学異方性膜の耐久性がより向上する理由から、重合性基を1~4個有する他の重合性化合物であるのが好ましく、重合性基を2~4個有する他の重合性化合物であるのがより好ましい。 The other polymerizable compound is preferably another polymerizable compound having 1 to 4 polymerizable groups because the durability of the formed optically anisotropic film is further improved. More preferred are other polymerizable compounds having 2-4.
このような他の重合性化合物としては、特開2014-077068号公報の[0030]~[0033]段落に記載された式(M1)、式(M2)、及び式(M3)で表される化合物が挙げられ、より具体的には、同公報の[0046]~[0055]段落に記載された具体例が挙げられる。 Such other polymerizable compounds are represented by the formula (M1), formula (M2), and formula (M3) described in paragraphs [0030] to [0033] of JP2014-077068A. Compounds, and more specifically, specific examples described in paragraphs [0046] to [0055] of the publication.
また、波長分散性及び屈折率異方性の大きさの調整、並びに塗膜の液晶相転移温度の調整を目的として、公知の重合性液晶化合物を添加してもよい。このような重合性液晶化合物としては、例えば、「液晶便覧」(液晶便覧編集委員会編、丸善)に記載の種々の重合性液晶化合物が挙げられる。 Also, a known polymerizable liquid crystal compound may be added for the purpose of adjusting the size of wavelength dispersion and refractive index anisotropy and adjusting the liquid crystal phase transition temperature of the coating film. Examples of such polymerizable liquid crystal compounds include various polymerizable liquid crystal compounds described in “Liquid Crystal Handbook” (edited by Liquid Crystal Handbook Editorial Committee, Maruzen).
《重合開始剤》
重合性液晶組成物は、重合開始剤を含むことが好ましい。
重合開始剤としては、紫外線照射によって重合反応を開始可能な光重合開始剤であるのが好ましい。
光重合開始剤としては、例えば、α-カルボニル化合物(米国特許第2367661号、及び同2367670号の各明細書記載)、アシロインエーテル(米国特許第2448828号明細書記載)、α-炭化水素置換芳香族アシロイン化合物(米国特許第2722512号明細書記載)、多核キノン化合物(米国特許第3046127号、及び同2951758号の各明細書記載)、トリアリールイミダゾールダイマーとp-アミノフェニルケトンとの組み合わせ(米国特許第3549367号明細書記載)、アクリジン及びフェナジン化合物(特開昭60-105667号公報、及び米国特許第4239850号明細書記載)、オキサジアゾール化合物(米国特許第4212970号明細書記載)、並びにアシルフォスフィンオキシド化合物(特公昭63-40799号公報、特公平5-29234号公報、特開平10-95788号公報、及び特開平10-29997号公報記載)等が挙げられる。
<Polymerization initiator>
The polymerizable liquid crystal composition preferably contains a polymerization initiator.
The polymerization initiator is preferably a photopolymerization initiator capable of initiating a polymerization reaction by ultraviolet irradiation.
Examples of the photopolymerization initiator include α-carbonyl compounds (described in US Pat. Nos. 2,367,661 and 2,367,670), acyloin ether (described in US Pat. No. 2,448,828), α-hydrocarbon substitution, and the like. Aromatic acyloin compounds (described in US Pat. No. 2,722,512), polynuclear quinone compounds (described in US Pat. Nos. 3,046,127 and 2,951,758), a combination of triarylimidazole dimer and p-aminophenyl ketone ( U.S. Pat.No. 3,549,367), acridine and phenazine compounds (JP-A-60-105667, and U.S. Pat. No. 4,239,850), oxadiazole compounds (described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,221,970), And acylphosphine oxide compounds (Japanese Patent Publication No. 63-40799, Japanese Patent Publication No. 5-29234, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 10-95788, and Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 10-29997) and the like.
本発明においては、湿熱耐久性がより良好となる理由から、重合開始剤がオキシム型の重合開始剤であるのが好ましく、具体的には、下記式(I)で表される重合開始剤であるのがより好ましい。
上記式(I)中、X2は、水素原子又はハロゲン原子を表す。
また、上記式(I)中、Ar3は、2価の芳香族基を表し、D5は、炭素数1~12の2価の有機基を表す。
また、上記式(I)中、R11は、炭素数1~12のアルキル基を表し、Y2は、1価の有機基を表す。
In the above formula (I), X 2 represents a hydrogen atom or a halogen atom.
In the above formula (I), Ar 3 represents a divalent aromatic group, and D 5 represents a divalent organic group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms.
In the above formula (I), R 11 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and Y 2 represents a monovalent organic group.
上記式(I)中、X2が示すハロゲン原子としては、例えば、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、及びヨウ素原子等が挙げられ、なかでも、塩素原子であるのが好ましい。
また、上記式(I)中、Ar3が示す2価の芳香族基を構成する芳香環としては、例えば、ベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、アントラセン環、及びフェナンスロリン環等の芳香族炭化水素環;フラン環、ピロール環、チオフェン環、ピリジン環、チアゾール環、及びベンゾチアゾール環等の芳香族複素環;等が挙げられる。
また、上記式(I)中、D5が示す炭素数1~12の2価の有機基としては、例えば、炭素数1~12の直鎖状若しくは分岐鎖状のアルキレン基が挙げられ、具体的には、メチレン基、エチレン基、又はプロピレン基が好ましい。
また、上記式(I)中、R11が示す炭素数1~12のアルキル基としては、具体的には、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、又はプロピル基が好ましい。
また、上記式(I)中、Y2が示す1価の有機基としては、例えば、ベンゾフェノン骨格((C6H5)2CO)を含む官能基が挙げられる。具体的には、下記式(Ia)及び下記式(Ib)で表される基のように、末端のベンゼン環が無置換又は1置換であるベンゾフェノン骨格を含む官能基が好ましい。なお、下記式(Ia)及び下記式(Ib)中、*は結合位置、すなわち、上記式(I)におけるカルボニル基の炭素原子との結合位置を表す。
In the above formula (I), examples of the halogen atom represented by X 2 include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom. Among them, a chlorine atom is preferable.
In the formula (I), examples of the aromatic ring constituting the divalent aromatic group represented by Ar 3 include aromatic hydrocarbon rings such as a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, an anthracene ring, and a phenanthroline ring. An aromatic heterocycle such as a furan ring, a pyrrole ring, a thiophene ring, a pyridine ring, a thiazole ring, and a benzothiazole ring;
In the above formula (I), examples of the divalent organic group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms represented by D 5 include a linear or branched alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms. Specifically, a methylene group, an ethylene group, or a propylene group is preferable.
In the above formula (I), the alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms represented by R 11 is specifically preferably, for example, a methyl group, an ethyl group, or a propyl group.
In the above formula (I), examples of the monovalent organic group represented by Y 2 include a functional group containing a benzophenone skeleton ((C 6 H 5 ) 2 CO). Specifically, a functional group containing a benzophenone skeleton in which the terminal benzene ring is unsubstituted or mono-substituted, such as groups represented by the following formula (Ia) and the following formula (Ib), is preferable. In the following formula (Ia) and the following formula (Ib), * represents a bonding position, that is, a bonding position with the carbon atom of the carbonyl group in the above formula (I).
上記式(I)で表されるオキシム型の重合開始剤としては、例えば、下記式(S-1)で表される化合物、及び下記式(S-2)で表される化合物等が挙げられる。
重合開始剤は、1種単独で用いてもよく、2種以上を併用してもよい。
重合性組成物中、重合開始剤の含有量(複数種含まれる場合はその合計含有量)は特に制限されないが、重合性液晶組成物の固形分の0.01~20質量%であることが好ましく、0.5~5質量%であることがより好ましい。
A polymerization initiator may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together.
In the polymerizable composition, the content of the polymerization initiator (the total content when plural types are included) is not particularly limited, but may be 0.01 to 20% by mass of the solid content of the polymerizable liquid crystal composition. Preferably, the content is 0.5 to 5% by mass.
《溶媒》
重合性液晶組成物は、光学異方性膜を形成する作業性等の観点から、溶媒を含むことが好ましい。
溶媒としては、具体的には、ケトン類(例えば、アセトン、2-ブタノン、メチルイソブチルケトン、シクロヘキサノン、及びシクロペンタノン等)、エーテル類(例えば、ジオキサン、及びテトラヒドロフラン等)、脂肪族炭化水素類(例えば、ヘキサン等)、脂環式炭化水素類(例えば、シクロヘキサン等)、芳香族炭化水素類(例えば、トルエン、キシレン、及びトリメチルベンゼン等)、ハロゲン化炭素類(例えば、ジクロロメタン、ジクロロエタン、ジクロロベンゼン、及びクロロトルエン等)、エステル類(例えば、酢酸メチル、酢酸エチル、及び酢酸ブチル等)、水、アルコール類(例えば、エタノール、イソプロパノール、ブタノール、及びシクロヘキサノール等)、セロソルブ類(例えば、メチルセロソルブ、及びエチルセロソルブ等)、セロソルブアセテート類、スルホキシド類(例えば、ジメチルスルホキシド等)、及びアミド類(例えば、ジメチルホルムアミド、及びジメチルアセトアミド等)等が挙げられる。
有機溶媒は、1種単独で用いてもよく、2種以上を併用してもよい。
"solvent"
The polymerizable liquid crystal composition preferably contains a solvent from the viewpoint of workability and the like for forming the optically anisotropic film.
Specific examples of the solvent include ketones (eg, acetone, 2-butanone, methyl isobutyl ketone, cyclohexanone, and cyclopentanone), ethers (eg, dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, etc.), aliphatic hydrocarbons. (For example, hexane), alicyclic hydrocarbons (for example, cyclohexane), aromatic hydrocarbons (for example, toluene, xylene, trimethylbenzene, etc.), halogenated carbons (for example, dichloromethane, dichloroethane, di) Chlorobenzene and chlorotoluene), esters (for example, methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, and butyl acetate), water, alcohols (for example, ethanol, isopropanol, butanol, and cyclohexanol), cellosolves (for example, methyl) Cellosolve and ethyl Cellosolve, etc.), cellosolve acetates, sulfoxides (e.g., dimethyl sulfoxide, etc.), and amides (e.g., dimethylformamide, and dimethylacetamide, etc.) and the like.
An organic solvent may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together.
《レベリング剤》
重合性液晶組成物は、光学異方性膜の表面を平滑に保ち、配向制御を容易にする観点から、レベリング剤を含むことが好ましい。
このようなレベリング剤としては、添加量に対するレベリング効果が高い理由から、フッ素系レベリング剤又はケイ素系レベリング剤であることが好ましく、泣き出し(ブルーム、ブリード)を起こしにくい観点から、フッ素系レベリング剤であることがより好ましい。
レベリング剤としては、具体的には、特開2007-069471号公報の[0079]~[0102]段落の記載に記載された化合物、特開2013-047204号公報に記載された一般式(I)で表される化合物(特に[0020]~[0032]段落に記載された化合物)、特開2012-211306号公報に記載された一般式(I)で表される化合物(特に[0022]~[0029]段落に記載された化合物)、特開2002-129162号公報に記載された一般式(I)で表される液晶配向促進剤(特に[0076]~[0078]及び[0082]~[0084]段落に記載された化合物)、並びに特開2005-099248号公報に記載された一般式(I)、(II)及び(III)で表される化合物(特に[0092]~[0096]段落に記載された化合物)等が挙げられる。なお、後述する配向制御剤としての機能を兼ね備えてもよい。
《Leveling agent》
The polymerizable liquid crystal composition preferably contains a leveling agent from the viewpoint of keeping the surface of the optical anisotropic film smooth and facilitating alignment control.
Such a leveling agent is preferably a fluorine-based leveling agent or a silicon-based leveling agent because of its high leveling effect with respect to the amount added, and from the viewpoint of preventing crying (bloom, bleed), a fluorine-based leveling agent. It is more preferable that
Specific examples of the leveling agent include compounds described in paragraphs [0079] to [0102] of JP2007-069471, and general formula (I) described in JP2013-047204A. (Especially compounds described in paragraphs [0020] to [0032]), compounds represented by general formula (I) described in JP 2012-211306 (particularly [0022] to [0032] [0029] and the liquid crystal alignment accelerators represented by the general formula (I) described in JP-A No. 2002-129162 (particularly [0076] to [0078] and [0082] to [0084]. And the compounds represented by general formulas (I), (II) and (III) described in JP-A-2005-099248 (particularly [00 2], and - [0096] the compound described in paragraph), or the like. In addition, you may have the function as an orientation control agent mentioned later.
《配向制御剤》
重合性液晶組成物は、必要に応じて、配向制御剤を含んでいてもよい。
配向制御剤により、ホモジニアス配向の他、傾斜配向、ハイブリッド配向、及びコレステリック配向等の種々の配向状態を形成することができ、また、特定の配向状態をより均一且つより精密に制御して実現することができる。
<Orientation control agent>
The polymerizable liquid crystal composition may contain an alignment control agent as necessary.
Various orientation states such as tilted orientation, hybrid orientation, and cholesteric orientation as well as homogeneous orientation can be formed by the orientation control agent, and a specific orientation state is controlled more uniformly and precisely. be able to.
ホモジニアス配向を促進する配向制御剤としては、例えば、低分子の配向制御剤、及び高分子の配向制御剤を用いることができる。
低分子の配向制御剤としては、例えば、特開2002-20363号公報の[0009]~[0083]段落、特開2006-106662号公報の[0111]~[0120]段落、及び特開2012-211306公報の[0021]~[0029]段落の記載を参酌することができ、この内容は本願明細書に組み込まれる。
また、高分子の配向制御剤としては、例えば、特開2004-198511号公報の[0021]~[0057]段落、及び特開2006-106662号公報の[0121]~[0167]段落を参酌することができ、この内容は本願明細書に組み込まれる。
As the alignment control agent that promotes homogeneous alignment, for example, a low molecular alignment control agent and a high molecular alignment control agent can be used.
Examples of the low molecular orientation control agent include paragraphs [0009] to [0083] in JP-A No. 2002-20363, paragraphs [0111] to [0120] in JP-A No. 2006-106662, and JP-A 2012-2012. The description in paragraphs [0021] to [0029] of the 211306 gazette can be referred to, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
As the polymer orientation control agent, for example, refer to paragraphs [0021] to [0057] of JP-A No. 2004-198511 and paragraphs [0121] to [0167] of JP-A No. 2006-106662. The contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
重合性液晶組成物が配向制御剤を含む場合、配向制御剤の含有量(複数含まれる場合はその合計含有量)は、重合性液晶組成物中の全固形分質量に対して0.01~10質量%であることが好ましく、0.05~5質量%であることがより好ましい。配向制御剤の含有量がこの範囲であると、望む配向状態を実現しつつ、析出及び相分離、並びに配向欠陥等が無く、均一で透明性の高い光学異方性膜を得ることができる。
これらの配向制御剤は、さらに重合性官能基、特に、本発明に用いる重合性液晶組成物を構成する特定重合性液晶化合物と重合可能な重合性官能基を有していてもよい。
When the polymerizable liquid crystal composition includes an alignment control agent, the content of the alignment control agent (the total content when there are a plurality of alignment control agents) is 0.01 to based on the total solid mass in the polymerizable liquid crystal composition. The content is preferably 10% by mass, and more preferably 0.05 to 5% by mass. When the content of the alignment control agent is within this range, it is possible to obtain a uniform and highly transparent optically anisotropic film without realizing precipitation, phase separation, alignment defects and the like while realizing a desired alignment state.
These alignment control agents may further have a polymerizable functional group, in particular, a polymerizable functional group that can be polymerized with the specific polymerizable liquid crystal compound constituting the polymerizable liquid crystal composition used in the present invention.
《その他の成分》
重合性液晶組成物は、上述した成分以外のその他の成分を含んでいてもよい。その他の成分としては、例えば、上述した重合性液晶化合物以外の液晶化合物、界面活性剤、チルト角制御剤、配向助剤、可塑剤、及び架橋剤等が挙げられる。配向助剤としては、ハイソルブMTEM(東邦化学工業社製)、及びNKエステルA-200(新中村化学工業社製)等が好ましい。
《Other ingredients》
The polymerizable liquid crystal composition may contain other components other than the components described above. Examples of other components include liquid crystal compounds other than the polymerizable liquid crystal compounds described above, surfactants, tilt angle control agents, alignment aids, plasticizers, and crosslinking agents. As the alignment aid, Hisolv MTEM (manufactured by Toho Chemical Co., Ltd.), NK ester A-200 (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.) and the like are preferable.
〔光配向膜〕
本発明の光学フィルムを構成する光配向膜は、後述する光配向性共重合体を含む、熱架橋性の光配向膜形成用組成物を用いて形成される光配向膜である。
(Photo-alignment film)
The photo-alignment film constituting the optical film of the present invention is a photo-alignment film formed using a thermally crosslinkable photo-alignment film-forming composition containing a photo-alignment copolymer described later.
光配向膜の膜厚としては特に制限はなく、目的に応じて適宜選択することができるが、10~1000nmが好ましく、10~700nmがより好ましい。この範囲であると、配向規制力が十分に付与でき、且つ、ポリマー支持体表面の凹凸やその他の異物があっても配向膜表面を平坦化でき、光学異方性膜を構成する液晶化合物に均一な配向を実現することができる。 The film thickness of the photo-alignment film is not particularly limited and may be appropriately selected depending on the intended purpose, but is preferably 10 to 1000 nm, and more preferably 10 to 700 nm. Within this range, the alignment regulating force can be sufficiently imparted, and the surface of the alignment film can be flattened even if there are irregularities and other foreign matters on the surface of the polymer support. Uniform orientation can be realized.
(光配向性共重合体)
本発明を構成する光配向膜に含まれる光配向性共重合体は、下記式(A)で表される光配向性繰り返し単位と下記式(B)で表される熱架橋性繰り返し単位とを含み、その熱架橋性基当量は、340~500の範囲である。なお、下記式(A)で表される光配向性繰り返し単位は、光配向性基を含む繰り返し単位であり、下記式(B)で表される熱架橋性繰り返し単位は、熱架橋性基を含む繰り返し単位である。
ここで、熱架橋性基当量とは、後述する熱架橋性基1モルが含まれる固形分量の質量を表す。例えば熱架橋性基としてエポキシ基を採用する場合、JIS K 7236に記載されたエポキシ当量と等しい。熱架橋性基として水酸基、及び遊離酸基を用いる場合は、JIS K 0700に記載された滴定法を用いて固形分1gあたりの水酸基当量又は遊離酸当量(mol)を求め、その逆数を取ることで熱架橋性基当量を求めることができる。ポリマー固形分とは、光配向膜形成用組成物に含まれる全固形分のうち、分子量が3000を上回る成分を指す。
(Photo-alignment copolymer)
The photo-alignment copolymer contained in the photo-alignment film constituting the present invention comprises a photo-alignment repeating unit represented by the following formula (A) and a thermally crosslinkable repeating unit represented by the following formula (B). And the thermally crosslinkable group equivalent is in the range of 340-500. The photoalignable repeating unit represented by the following formula (A) is a repeating unit containing a photoalignable group, and the thermally crosslinkable repeating unit represented by the following formula (B) is a thermally crosslinkable group. Including repeating unit.
Here, the heat-crosslinkable group equivalent represents the mass of the solid content containing 1 mol of a heat-crosslinkable group described later. For example, when an epoxy group is employed as the thermally crosslinkable group, it is equal to the epoxy equivalent described in JIS K 7236. When a hydroxyl group and a free acid group are used as the thermally crosslinkable group, a hydroxyl group equivalent or a free acid equivalent (mol) per gram of solid content is obtained using a titration method described in JIS K 0700, and the reciprocal number is taken. The heat crosslinkable group equivalent can be determined by The polymer solid content refers to a component having a molecular weight exceeding 3000 in the total solid content contained in the composition for forming a photo-alignment film.
式(A)及び式(B)中、B1及びB2は、それぞれ独立に、-O-、-CO-O-、-O-CO-O-、又はフェニレン基を表す。
R1及びR2は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子又はメチル基を表す。
Sp1及びSp2は、それぞれ独立に、単結合、又は置換基を有していてもよい直鎖状若しくは分岐鎖状のアルキレン基、置換基を有していてもよい脂環アルキレン基、及び置換基を有していてもよい芳香族基からなる群より選ばれる1種以上からなる2価の連結基を表す。なお、上記置換基を有していてもよいアルキレン基、及び上記置換基を有していてもよい脂環アルキレン基は、任意の炭素原子が、エーテル結合、エステル結合、アミド結合、ウレタン結合、及びカーボネート結合に置換されていてもよいが、B1及びB2との接続部において、-O-O-結合となることはない。
P2は、熱架橋性基を表す。
Cin1は、下記式(3-1)又は式(3-2)で表される光配向性基を表す。
In formula (A) and formula (B), B 1 and B 2 each independently represent —O—, —CO—O—, —O—CO—O—, or a phenylene group.
R 1 and R 2 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
Sp 1 and Sp 2 are each independently a single bond or a linear or branched alkylene group which may have a substituent, an alicyclic alkylene group which may have a substituent, and It represents a divalent linking group composed of one or more selected from the group consisting of an aromatic group which may have a substituent. The alkylene group which may have the above-mentioned substituent and the alicyclic alkylene group which may have the above-mentioned substituent have an arbitrary carbon atom, an ether bond, an ester bond, an amide bond, a urethane bond, And may be substituted with a carbonate bond, but it does not become an —O—O— bond at the connection portion with B 1 and B 2 .
P 2 represents a thermally crosslinkable group.
Cin 1 represents a photo-alignment group represented by the following formula (3-1) or (3-2).
式(3-1)又は式(3-2)中、*はSp1との結合位置を表す。
ただし、Cin1が式(3-2)で表される光配向性基を表す場合、式(3-2)とSp2との接続部が-O-O-結合となることはない。
R3は、置換基を表す。
In formula (3-1) or formula (3-2), * represents a bonding position with Sp 1 .
However, when Cin 1 represents a photo-alignment group represented by the formula (3-2), the connection portion between the formula (3-2) and Sp 2 does not become an —O—O— bond.
R 3 represents a substituent.
式(A)中、Sp1及びSp2で表される2価の連結基において、上記直鎖状又は分岐鎖状のアルキレン基の炭素数としては、1~12が好ましく、1~8がより好ましく、1~6が更に好ましい。また、上記脂環アルキレン基の炭素数としては、1~12が好ましい。また、上記芳香族基を構成する芳香環としては、例えば、ベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、アントラセン環、及びフェナンスロリン環等の芳香族炭化水素環;フラン環、ピロール環、チオフェン環、ピリジン環、チアゾール環、及びベンゾチアゾール環等の芳香族複素環;等が挙げられる。
また、上記直鎖状又は分岐鎖状のアルキレン基、上記脂環アルキレン基、及び上記芳香族基が有していてもよい置換基としては、例えば、上述した式(Ar-1)中のY1が示す炭素数6~12の芳香族炭化水素基及び炭素数3~12の芳香族複素環基が有してもよい置換基と同様のものが挙げられる。
Sp1及びSp2で表される2価の連結基としては、なかでも、直鎖状又は分岐鎖状のアルキレン基が好ましい。
In the divalent linking group represented by Sp 1 and Sp 2 in the formula (A), the linear or branched alkylene group preferably has 1 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 8 carbon atoms. 1-6 are more preferable. The carbon number of the alicyclic alkylene group is preferably 1-12. Examples of the aromatic ring constituting the aromatic group include aromatic hydrocarbon rings such as benzene ring, naphthalene ring, anthracene ring, and phenanthroline ring; furan ring, pyrrole ring, thiophene ring, pyridine ring, Aromatic heterocyclic rings such as thiazole ring and benzothiazole ring; and the like.
Examples of the substituent that the linear or branched alkylene group, the alicyclic alkylene group, and the aromatic group may have include, for example, Y in the above-described formula (Ar-1). 1 is an aromatic heterocyclic group of aromatic hydrocarbon group and having 3 to 12 carbon atoms of 6 to 12 carbon atoms include the same substituent which may have indicated.
The divalent linking group represented by Sp 1 and Sp 2 is preferably a linear or branched alkylene group.
式(A)中、P2で表される熱架橋性基の定義は、後述のとおりである。 In the formula (A), the definition of the thermally crosslinkable group represented by P 2 is as described later.
式(3-1)又は式(3-2)中、R3で表される置換基としては、例えば、上述した式(Ar-1)中のY1が示す炭素数6~12の芳香族炭化水素基及び炭素数3~12の芳香族複素環基が有してもよい置換基と同様のものが挙げられる。 In the formula (3-1) or the formula (3-2), examples of the substituent represented by R 3 include an aromatic group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms represented by Y 1 in the formula (Ar-1) described above. Examples thereof include the same substituents that the hydrocarbon group and the aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 to 12 carbon atoms may have.
本発明の光学フィルムにおける光配向膜は、このような光配向性共重合体を含む光配向膜形成用組成物により形成されているため、薄い膜厚でポリマー支持体上に配置されても、液晶化合物に対する配向規制力を十分に発揮できる。また、上記重合性液晶組成物を用いて上記光配向膜上に形成される光学異方性膜は、配向の乱れが抑制された均一な配向状態を示す。この理由は詳細には明らかではないが、本発明者らは以下のように推測している。
本発明の光学フィルムの製造にあたっては、ポリマー支持体上に光配向膜を設けた後、更に、上記光配向膜上に重合性液晶組成物を塗工する。この際、重合性液晶組成物の塗膜に含まれる溶媒が光配向膜を透過してポリマー支持体由来の疎水性低分子量成分を塗膜側へ抽出する。特に本発明においては、重合性液晶組成物を構成する液晶化合物のCLogP値の荷重平均が高く、従って疎水性成分との親和性が高いためにポリマー支持体由来の疎水性低分子量成分が塗膜内に比較的多く抽出され得る。ポリマー支持体由来の疎水性低分子量成分が塗膜内に抽出されると、上記塗膜を硬化して得られる光学異方性膜は、液晶分子間の相互作用が乱されることで視認可能な配向欠陥を生じる、及び/又は、液晶分子の屈折率異方性が一部ランダム化されることで逆波長分散性が低下するといった影響を受けると推測している。これに対し、上述した光配向膜がポリマー支持体由来の疎水性低分子量成分が塗膜内へ抽出されるのを阻害することで、良好な配向状態が得られたものと推察できる。
Since the photo-alignment film in the optical film of the present invention is formed of a composition for forming a photo-alignment film containing such a photo-alignment copolymer, even if it is disposed on a polymer support with a thin film thickness, The alignment regulating power for the liquid crystal compound can be sufficiently exhibited. Moreover, the optically anisotropic film formed on the photo-alignment film using the polymerizable liquid crystal composition exhibits a uniform alignment state in which disorder of alignment is suppressed. The reason for this is not clear in detail, but the present inventors speculate as follows.
In producing the optical film of the present invention, a photo-alignment film is provided on a polymer support, and then a polymerizable liquid crystal composition is applied onto the photo-alignment film. At this time, the solvent contained in the coating film of the polymerizable liquid crystal composition permeates the photo-alignment film and extracts the hydrophobic low molecular weight component derived from the polymer support to the coating film side. In particular, in the present invention, the liquid crystal compound constituting the polymerizable liquid crystal composition has a high load average CLOGP value, and therefore has a high affinity with the hydrophobic component. A relatively large amount can be extracted. When a hydrophobic low molecular weight component derived from a polymer support is extracted into the coating film, the optically anisotropic film obtained by curing the coating film is visible because the interaction between liquid crystal molecules is disturbed. It is presumed that the liquid crystal molecules are affected by the fact that the reverse wavelength dispersibility is lowered by generating random alignment defects and / or partially randomizing the refractive index anisotropy of the liquid crystal molecules. On the other hand, it can be inferred that the above-described photo-alignment film inhibited the extraction of the hydrophobic low molecular weight component derived from the polymer support into the coating film, so that a good alignment state was obtained.
光配向性共重合体の熱架橋性基当量が500以下である場合(すなわち、組成物1gあたりに含まれる熱架橋性基の含有量が多い場合)、熱架橋性基の含有量が十分であり上述した抽出阻害効果が十分に発揮され得る。また、光配向性共重合体の熱架橋性基当量が340以上である場合(すなわち、組成物1gあたりに含まれる熱架橋性基の含有量が少ない場合)、光配向性基が光配向膜表面に占める面積割合が多く、且つ、光配向膜は、適度な可動度が付与されることにより、高い配向規制力を発揮し得る。更に、熱架橋性基当量が340~500の範囲である場合、これら2つの効果が両立できると推測している。
また、詳細は不明であるが、上記光配向性共重合体の構造も抽出阻害効果に寄与しているものと推測している。
When the heat-crosslinkable group equivalent of the photo-alignable copolymer is 500 or less (that is, when the content of the heat-crosslinkable group contained per 1 g of the composition is large), the content of the heat-crosslinkable group is sufficient. Yes, the above-described extraction inhibition effect can be sufficiently exerted. When the photocrosslinkable copolymer has a heat crosslinkable group equivalent of 340 or more (that is, when the content of the heat crosslinkable group contained per 1 g of the composition is small), the photoalignable group is a photoalignment film. A large proportion of the surface occupies the surface, and the photo-alignment film can exert a high alignment regulating force by being imparted with an appropriate degree of mobility. Furthermore, when the thermally crosslinkable group equivalent is in the range of 340 to 500, it is estimated that these two effects can be achieved.
Although details are unknown, it is presumed that the structure of the photo-alignment copolymer contributes to the extraction inhibition effect.
本明細書において、熱架橋性基とは、例えば、オキシラン基、オキセタニル基、3,4-エポキシシクロヘキシル基、アミド基、N-アルコキシメチル基、N-ヒドロキシメチル基、フェノール性水酸基、カルボキシル基、及び水酸基を指す。このうち、オキシラン基、オキセタニル基、及び3,4-エポキシシクロヘキシル基は、カチオン重合条件下にて連鎖重合が可能であることから、本明細書中では連鎖重合性と呼ぶ。 In the present specification, the thermally crosslinkable group includes, for example, an oxirane group, oxetanyl group, 3,4-epoxycyclohexyl group, amide group, N-alkoxymethyl group, N-hydroxymethyl group, phenolic hydroxyl group, carboxyl group, And a hydroxyl group. Among these, the oxirane group, the oxetanyl group, and the 3,4-epoxycyclohexyl group can be chain-polymerized under cationic polymerization conditions, and are referred to as chain-polymerizable in this specification.
光配向性共重合体は、本発明の効果を阻害しない限り、上述した式(A)で表される繰り返し単位及び上述した式(B)で表される繰り返し単位以外に、他の繰り返し単位を含んでいてもよい。
このような他の繰り返し単位を形成するモノマーとしては、例えば、ラジカル重合性単量体が挙げられる。ラジカル重合性単量体としては、例えば、アクリル酸エステル化合物、メタクリル酸エステル化合物、マレイミド化合物、アクリルアミド化合物、アクリロニトリル、マレイン酸無水物、スチレン化合物、及びビニル化合物等が挙げられる。
なお、光配向性共重合体が上述した式(A)で表される繰り返し単位及び上述した式(B)で表される繰り返し単位以外の他の繰り返し単位を含む場合、上述した式(A)で表される繰り返し単位及び上述した式(B)で表される繰り返し単位の合計含有量は、光配向性共重合体の全繰り返し単位に対して、70モル%以上が好ましく、80モル%以上がより好ましく、90モル%以上が更に好ましく、95モル%以上が特に好ましい。上限は特に制限されないが、100モル%未満が挙げられる。
The photo-alignment copolymer has other repeating units in addition to the repeating unit represented by the above formula (A) and the repeating unit represented by the above formula (B) unless the effects of the present invention are inhibited. May be included.
Examples of such a monomer that forms another repeating unit include a radical polymerizable monomer. Examples of the radical polymerizable monomer include acrylic acid ester compounds, methacrylic acid ester compounds, maleimide compounds, acrylamide compounds, acrylonitrile, maleic anhydride, styrene compounds, and vinyl compounds.
In the case where the photo-alignment copolymer contains a repeating unit other than the repeating unit represented by the above-described formula (A) and the repeating unit represented by the above-described formula (B), the above-described formula (A) The total content of the repeating unit represented by formula (B) and the repeating unit represented by the above-described formula (B) is preferably 70 mol% or more, more than 80 mol%, based on all repeating units of the photoalignable copolymer. Is more preferable, 90 mol% or more is further preferable, and 95 mol% or more is particularly preferable. The upper limit is not particularly limited, but may be less than 100 mol%.
光配向性共重合体の合成法は特に制限されず、例えば、上述した式(A)で表される繰り返し単位を形成するモノマー、上述した式(B)で表される繰り返し単位を形成するモノマー、及び任意の他の繰り返し単位を形成するモノマーを混合し、有機溶剤中で、ラジカル重合開始剤を用いて重合することにより合成することができる。 The method for synthesizing the photo-alignment copolymer is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a monomer that forms the repeating unit represented by the above-described formula (A), and a monomer that forms the repeating unit represented by the above-described formula (B). , And any other monomer that forms a repeating unit, and can be synthesized by polymerization using a radical polymerization initiator in an organic solvent.
光配向性共重合体の重量平均分子量(Mw)は、10,000~500,000が好ましく、配向性が向上する理由から、25,000~200,000がより好ましく、25,000以上50,000未満であることが更に好ましい。
ここで、本発明における重量平均分子量及び数平均分子量は、以下に示す条件でゲル浸透クロマトグラフ(GPC)法により測定された値である。
・溶媒(溶離液):THF(テトラヒドロフラン)
・装置名:TOSOH HLC-8320GPC
・カラム:TOSOH TSKgel Super HZM-H(4.6mm×15cm)を3本接続して使用
・カラム温度:40℃
・試料濃度:0.1質量%
・流速:1.0ml/min
・校正曲線:TOSOH製TSK標準ポリスチレン Mw=2800000~1050(Mw/Mn=1.03~1.06)までの7サンプルによる校正曲線を使用
The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the photo-alignment copolymer is preferably 10,000 to 500,000, more preferably 25,000 to 200,000, and more preferably 25,000 or more, 50, More preferably, it is less than 000.
Here, the weight average molecular weight and the number average molecular weight in the present invention are values measured by a gel permeation chromatograph (GPC) method under the following conditions.
・ Solvent (eluent): THF (tetrahydrofuran)
・ Device name: TOSOH HLC-8320GPC
・ Column: 3 TOSOH TSKgel Super HZM-H (4.6 mm × 15 cm) connected to each other ・ Column temperature: 40 ° C.
Sample concentration: 0.1% by mass
・ Flow rate: 1.0 ml / min
・ Calibration curve: TOSOH TSK standard polystyrene Mw = 2800000 to 1050 (Mw / Mn = 1.03 to 1.06) calibration curve using 7 samples
光配向膜形成用組成物中、光配向性共重合体の含有量は特に制限されないが、光配向膜形成用組成物が後述する有機溶媒を含む場合、有機溶媒100質量部に対して0.1~50質量部であるのが好ましく、0.5~10質量部であるのがより好ましい。 In the composition for forming a photo-alignment film, the content of the photo-alignment copolymer is not particularly limited. However, when the composition for forming a photo-alignment film contains an organic solvent described later, the content of the photo-alignment film is 0. The amount is preferably 1 to 50 parts by mass, and more preferably 0.5 to 10 parts by mass.
(溶媒)
本発明に用いる光配向膜形成用組成物は、光配向膜を作製する作業性等の観点から、有機溶媒を含むことが好ましい。
有機溶媒としては、具体的には、例えば、ケトン類(例えば、メチルエチルケトン、アセトン、2-ブタノン、メチルイソブチルケトン、シクロヘキサノン、及びシクロペンタノン等)、エーテル類(例えば、ジオキサン、及びテトラヒドロフラン等)、脂肪族炭化水素類(例えば、ヘキサン等)、脂環式炭化水素類(例えば、シクロヘキサン等)、芳香族炭化水素類(例えば、トルエン、キシレン、及びトリメチルベンゼン等)、ハロゲン化炭素類(例えば、ジクロロメタン、ジクロロエタン、ジクロロベンゼン、及びクロロトルエン等)、エステル類(例えば、酢酸メチル、酢酸エチル、及び酢酸ブチル等)、水、アルコール類(例えば、エタノール、イソプロパノール、ブタノール、及びシクロヘキサノール等)、セロソルブ類(例えば、メチルセロソルブ、及びエチルセロソルブ等)、セロソルブアセテート類、スルホキシド類(例えば、ジメチルスルホキシド等)、及びアミド類(例えば、ジメチルホルムアミド、及びジメチルアセトアミド等)等が挙げられる。
有機溶媒としては、これらを1種単独で用いてもよく、2種類以上を併用してもよい。
(solvent)
The composition for forming a photo-alignment film used in the present invention preferably contains an organic solvent from the viewpoint of workability for producing the photo-alignment film.
Specific examples of the organic solvent include ketones (for example, methyl ethyl ketone, acetone, 2-butanone, methyl isobutyl ketone, cyclohexanone, and cyclopentanone), ethers (for example, dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, and the like), Aliphatic hydrocarbons (for example, hexane, etc.), alicyclic hydrocarbons (for example, cyclohexane, etc.), aromatic hydrocarbons (for example, toluene, xylene, trimethylbenzene, etc.), halogenated carbons (for example, Dichloromethane, dichloroethane, dichlorobenzene, and chlorotoluene), esters (eg, methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, and butyl acetate), water, alcohols (eg, ethanol, isopropanol, butanol, and cyclohexanol), cellosolve Class (for example , Methyl cellosolve, and ethyl cellosolve), cellosolve acetates, sulfoxides (e.g., dimethyl sulfoxide, etc.), and amides (e.g., dimethylformamide, and dimethylacetamide, etc.) and the like.
As an organic solvent, these may be used individually by 1 type and may use 2 or more types together.
(その他の成分)
光配向膜形成用組成物は、上記以外の他の成分を含んでいてもよく、例えば、高分子化合物、架橋剤又は架橋反応開始剤、ポリマー架橋触媒、密着改良剤、レベリング剤、及び増感剤等が挙げられる。これらの化合物は、上記した光配向性共重合体と反応しうる官能基をさらに有していてもよい。
ロールトゥロールプロセスにて短時間に十分な架橋反応を実現する観点から、オキシラン基、オキセタニル基、及び3,4-エポキシシクロヘキシル基からなる群より選ばれる連鎖重合性の熱架橋性基のみを熱架橋性基として含む光配向性共重合体を用いる場合、光配向膜形成用組成物は、更に熱架橋反応開始剤として熱重合開始剤(好ましくは、熱カチオン重合開始剤)を含むことが好ましい。アミド基、N-アルコキシメチル基、N-ヒドロキシメチル基、フェノール性水酸基、カルボキシル基、及び水酸基からなる群より選ばれるものを熱架橋性基として含む光配向性共重合体を用いる場合、光配向膜形成用組成物は、更に架橋剤及び架橋触媒を含むことが好ましい。
(Other ingredients)
The composition for forming a photo-alignment film may contain components other than those described above, for example, a polymer compound, a crosslinking agent or a crosslinking reaction initiator, a polymer crosslinking catalyst, an adhesion improver, a leveling agent, and a sensitization. Agents and the like. These compounds may further have a functional group capable of reacting with the above-described photoalignable copolymer.
From the viewpoint of realizing a sufficient crosslinking reaction in a short time by the roll-to-roll process, only the chain-polymerizable thermally crosslinkable group selected from the group consisting of oxirane group, oxetanyl group, and 3,4-epoxycyclohexyl group is heated. In the case of using a photoalignable copolymer containing a crosslinkable group, the composition for forming a photoalignment film preferably further contains a thermal polymerization initiator (preferably a thermal cationic polymerization initiator) as a thermal crosslinking reaction initiator. . When using a photoalignment copolymer containing a thermal crosslinkable group selected from the group consisting of an amide group, an N-alkoxymethyl group, an N-hydroxymethyl group, a phenolic hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, and a hydroxyl group, The film-forming composition preferably further contains a crosslinking agent and a crosslinking catalyst.
〔ポリマー支持体〕
本発明の光学フィルムは、ポリマー支持体を含む。ポリマー支持体は、ロールトゥロールプロセスへの適用のため、長尺状であることが好ましい。このような支持体は、透明であるのが好ましく、具体的には、光透過率が80%以上であるのが好ましい。なお、光透過率の上限値は、例えば100%以下である。
また、ポリマー支持体の構成としては特に制限されないが、例えば、ポリマーフィルム単層からなる構成であってもよいし、ポリマーフィルムと上記ポリマーフィルム上に配置された表面改質層(例えば、易接着層)とを有する積層体であってもよい。
(Polymer support)
The optical film of the present invention includes a polymer support. The polymer support is preferably elongate for application to a roll-to-roll process. Such a support is preferably transparent, and specifically has a light transmittance of 80% or more. Note that the upper limit value of the light transmittance is, for example, 100% or less.
Further, the configuration of the polymer support is not particularly limited, but may be a configuration composed of a single polymer film, for example, or a polymer film and a surface modified layer (for example, easy adhesion) disposed on the polymer film. Layer).
このようなポリマーフィルムの材料としては、セルロース系ポリマー;ポリメチルメタクリレート、及び、ラクトン環含有重合体等のアクリル酸エステル重合体を有するアクリル系ポリマー等のアクリル系ポリマー;熱可塑性ノルボルネン系ポリマー;ポリカーボネート系ポリマー;ポリエチレンテレフタレート、及びポリエチレンナフタレート等のポリエステル系ポリマー;ポリスチレン、及びアクリロニトリル・スチレン共重合体(AS樹脂)等のスチレン系ポリマー;ポリエチレン、ポリプロピレン、及びエチレン・プロピレン共重合体等のポリオレフィン系ポリマー;塩化ビニル系ポリマー;ナイロン、及び芳香族ポリアミド等のアミド系ポリマー;イミド系ポリマー;スルホン系ポリマー;ポリエーテルスルホン系ポリマー;ポリエーテルエーテルケトン系ポリマー;ポリフェニレンスルフィド系ポリマー;塩化ビニリデン系ポリマー;ビニルアルコール系ポリマー;ビニルブチラール系ポリマー;アリレート系ポリマー;ポリオキシメチレン系ポリマー;エポキシ系ポリマー;並びに、これらのポリマーを混合したポリマー等が挙げられる。
また、後述する偏光子がこのような支持体を兼ねる態様であってもよい。
Materials for such a polymer film include: cellulose polymers; acrylic polymers such as polymethyl methacrylate and acrylic polymers having an acrylate polymer such as a lactone ring-containing polymer; thermoplastic norbornene polymers; polycarbonate Polymers: Polyester polymers such as polyethylene terephthalate and polyethylene naphthalate; Styrene polymers such as polystyrene and acrylonitrile / styrene copolymers (AS resin); Polyolefins such as polyethylene, polypropylene, and ethylene / propylene copolymers Polymers; vinyl chloride polymers; amide polymers such as nylon and aromatic polyamide; imide polymers; sulfone polymers; polyethersulfone polymers; -Ether ether ketone polymer; polyphenylene sulfide polymer; vinylidene chloride polymer; vinyl alcohol polymer; vinyl butyral polymer; arylate polymer; polyoxymethylene polymer; epoxy polymer; and polymers obtained by mixing these polymers Etc.
Moreover, the mode which the polarizer mentioned later serves also as such a support body may be sufficient.
特に、ポリマー支持体を光学フィルムの一部として利用する態様においては、透明性及び他部材との接着性、並びに複屈折性がゼロから任意の方向・大きさまで制御し得る観点から、ポリマー支持体を構成するポリマーとしてはセルロース系ポリマー、アクリル系ポリマー、又は熱可塑性ノルボルネン系ポリマーが好ましい。つまり、ポリマー支持体としては、セルロース系ポリマーからなるフィルム、アクリル系ポリマーからなるフィルム、又は熱可塑性ノルボルネン系ポリマーからなるフィルムが好ましい。ポリマー支持体としては、なかでも、セルロースアシレートフィルムがより好ましい。
また、ポリマー支持体を易剥離性として光学異方性膜のみを偏光板又は画像表示装置に転写して用いる態様では、フィルム強度に優れ入手が容易である点から、セルロース系ポリマーからなるフィルム、又はポリエチレンテレフタレートフィルムが好ましい。
In particular, in an embodiment in which the polymer support is used as a part of an optical film, the polymer support is capable of controlling transparency, adhesion to other members, and birefringence from zero to any direction / size. As the polymer constituting the cellulose, a cellulose polymer, an acrylic polymer, or a thermoplastic norbornene polymer is preferable. That is, the polymer support is preferably a film made of a cellulose polymer, a film made of an acrylic polymer, or a film made of a thermoplastic norbornene polymer. Among them, a cellulose acylate film is more preferable as the polymer support.
Further, in an embodiment in which only the optically anisotropic film is transferred to a polarizing plate or an image display device with the polymer support being easily peelable, a film made of a cellulose-based polymer, because it is excellent in film strength and easily available, Or a polyethylene terephthalate film is preferable.
ポリマー支持体の厚みについては特に制限されないが、5~60μmであるのが好ましく、5~30μmであるのがより好ましい。 The thickness of the polymer support is not particularly limited, but is preferably 5 to 60 μm, and more preferably 5 to 30 μm.
(セルロースアシレートフィルム)
上記ポリマー支持体の好ましい一態様として、セルロースアシレートフィルムを用いることができる。セルロースアシレートはセルロースの水酸基がアシル化されたもので、その置換基はアシル基の炭素原子数が2のアセチル基から炭素原子数が22のものまでいずれも用いることができる。
(Cellulose acylate film)
As a preferred embodiment of the polymer support, a cellulose acylate film can be used. Cellulose acylate is obtained by acylating a hydroxyl group of cellulose, and the substituent can be any acetyl group having 2 carbon atoms in the acyl group to those having 22 carbon atoms.
セルロースの水酸基に置換する炭素数2~22のアシル基としては特に制限されず、脂肪族基でも芳香族基でもよく、また単一でも2種類以上の混合物でもよい。これらの基が置換したセルローアシレートとしては、例えば、セルロースのアルキルカルボニルエステル、セルロースのアルケニルカルボニルエステル、セルロースの芳香族カルボニルエステル、及びセルロースの芳香族アルキルカルボニルエステル等が挙げられ、それぞれ更に置換された基を有していてもよい。
アシル基としては、アセチル基、プロピオニル基、ブタノイル基、ベンゾイル基、ナフチルカルボニル基、及びシンナモイル基等が挙げられる。これらのなかでも、アセチル基、プロピオニル基、ブタノイル基、ベンゾイル基、ナフチルカルボニル基、又はシンナモイル基が好ましく、アセチル基、プロピオニル基、又はブタノイル基がより好ましい。特に、合成の容易さ、コスト、及び置換基分布の制御のしやすさ等の観点から、アセチル基、又はプロピオニル基が更に好ましく、アセチル基が特に好ましい。また、2種以上のアシル基が置換する場合、アセチル基とプロピオニル基の組み合わせが好ましい。
The acyl group having 2 to 22 carbon atoms substituted for the hydroxyl group of cellulose is not particularly limited, and may be an aliphatic group or an aromatic group, and may be a single group or a mixture of two or more types. Examples of cellulose acylate substituted with these groups include cellulose alkylcarbonyl ester, cellulose alkenylcarbonyl ester, cellulose aromatic carbonyl ester, cellulose aromatic alkylcarbonyl ester, and the like. It may have a group.
Examples of the acyl group include acetyl group, propionyl group, butanoyl group, benzoyl group, naphthylcarbonyl group, and cinnamoyl group. Among these, an acetyl group, a propionyl group, a butanoyl group, a benzoyl group, a naphthylcarbonyl group, or a cinnamoyl group is preferable, and an acetyl group, a propionyl group, or a butanoyl group is more preferable. In particular, an acetyl group or a propionyl group is more preferable, and an acetyl group is particularly preferable from the viewpoints of ease of synthesis, cost, and ease of control of substituent distribution. Moreover, when 2 or more types of acyl groups substitute, the combination of an acetyl group and a propionyl group is preferable.
セルロースアシレートにおいて、セルロースの水酸基へのアシル置換度については特に制限されないが、偏光板保護フィルム、及び光学フィルム等の用途に用いる場合、アシル置換度が高い方が、各種の添加剤をよく相溶するため好ましい。このため、セルロースの水酸基へのアシル置換度(総置換度)は、2.50~3.00であることが好ましく、2.70~2.96であることがより好ましく、2.80~2.95であることが更に好ましい。また、セルロースアシレートにおいてアセチル基のみが置換する場合、上記アセチル基の置換度は、2.70~2.96であることが好ましく、2.80~2.95であることがより好ましい。また、セルロースアシレートにおいてプロピオニル基のみが置換する場合、上記プロピオニル基の置換度は、0.20~2.60が好ましい。
セルロースアシレートにおいて、セルロースの水酸基に置換する酢酸及び/又は炭素原子数3~22の脂肪酸の置換度(アシル置換度)の測定方法としては、ASTMのD-817-91に準じた方法、及びNMR(核磁気共鳴)法が挙げられる。
In the cellulose acylate, the acyl substitution degree to the hydroxyl group of cellulose is not particularly limited, but when used for applications such as a polarizing plate protective film and an optical film, the higher the acyl substitution degree, the better the various additives It is preferable because it dissolves. Therefore, the acyl substitution degree (total substitution degree) of the hydroxyl group of cellulose is preferably 2.50 to 3.00, more preferably 2.70 to 2.96, and 2.80 to 2 More preferred is .95. Further, when only the acetyl group is substituted in cellulose acylate, the degree of substitution of the acetyl group is preferably 2.70 to 2.96, and more preferably 2.80 to 2.95. When only the propionyl group is substituted in cellulose acylate, the degree of substitution of the propionyl group is preferably 0.20 to 2.60.
In cellulose acylate, the method for measuring the degree of substitution (acyl substitution degree) of acetic acid and / or a fatty acid having 3 to 22 carbon atoms substituted on the hydroxyl group of cellulose is a method according to ASTM D-817-91, and An example is NMR (nuclear magnetic resonance).
セルロースアシレートフィルムにおいては、セルロースアシレートとして置換基、置換度、重合度、及び分子量分布等の観点で、単一又は異なる2種類以上のセルロースアシレートを混合して用いることができる。 In the cellulose acylate film, cellulose acylate can be used by mixing two or more kinds of cellulose acylates, which are single or different, from the viewpoint of substituent, substitution degree, polymerization degree, molecular weight distribution, and the like.
セルロースアシレートフィルムは、さらに添加剤を含んでいてもよい。上記添加剤としては、可塑剤、疎水化剤、紫外線吸収剤、及びレターデーション調整剤等が挙げられる。添加剤としては、具体的には、ポリエステルオリゴマー、糖エステル化合物、及びリン酸エステル化合物等が挙げられる。後述するようにセルロースアシレートフィルムが偏光子保護フィルムとしての機能を兼ねる場合、湿熱耐久性に優れる観点から、ポリエステルオリゴマー、又は糖エステル化合物が好ましい。 The cellulose acylate film may further contain an additive. Examples of the additive include a plasticizer, a hydrophobizing agent, an ultraviolet absorber, and a retardation adjusting agent. Specific examples of the additive include polyester oligomers, sugar ester compounds, and phosphate ester compounds. As will be described later, when the cellulose acylate film also functions as a polarizer protective film, a polyester oligomer or a sugar ester compound is preferable from the viewpoint of excellent wet heat durability.
上記ポリエステルオリゴマーは、ジカルボン酸とジオールとからなる繰り返し単位を有し、ジカルボン酸とジオールの脱水縮合反応、又は、ジオールへの無水ジカルボン酸の付加及び脱水縮合反応等の公知の方法にて合成できる。 The polyester oligomer has a repeating unit composed of a dicarboxylic acid and a diol, and can be synthesized by a known method such as a dehydration condensation reaction of a dicarboxylic acid and a diol, or an addition of a dicarboxylic anhydride to a diol and a dehydration condensation reaction. .
上記ジカルボン酸としては、脂肪族ジカルボン酸、及び芳香族ジカルボン酸を使用できる。上記脂肪族ジカルボン酸としては、例えば、シュウ酸、マロン酸、コハク酸、マレイン酸、フマル酸、グルタル酸、アジピン酸、及び1,4-シクロヘキサンジカルボン酸等が挙げられる。芳香族ジカルボン酸としては、フタル酸、イソフタル酸、テレフタル酸、及び1,4-ナフタレンジカルボン酸等が挙げられる。 As the dicarboxylic acid, aliphatic dicarboxylic acid and aromatic dicarboxylic acid can be used. Examples of the aliphatic dicarboxylic acid include oxalic acid, malonic acid, succinic acid, maleic acid, fumaric acid, glutaric acid, adipic acid, and 1,4-cyclohexanedicarboxylic acid. Examples of the aromatic dicarboxylic acid include phthalic acid, isophthalic acid, terephthalic acid, and 1,4-naphthalenedicarboxylic acid.
上記ジオール(グリコール)としては、炭素数2~12の脂肪族又は脂環族ジオール、炭素数4~20のアルキルエーテルジオール、及び炭素数6~20の芳香族環含有ジオールが挙げられ、これらから選択される2種以上を併用してもよい。芳香族ジオールの炭素数は6~12であることが好ましい。 Examples of the diol (glycol) include aliphatic or alicyclic diols having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, alkyl ether diols having 4 to 20 carbon atoms, and aromatic ring-containing diols having 6 to 20 carbon atoms. Two or more selected may be used in combination. The aromatic diol preferably has 6 to 12 carbon atoms.
上記ポリエステルオリゴマーの両末端は、少なくとも一方の末端が封止されることが好ましい。上記末端は、なかでも炭素数1~22の脂肪族基、炭素数6~20の芳香族環含有基、炭素数1~22の脂肪族カルボニル基、及び炭素数6~20の芳香族カルボニル基から選ばれる少なくとも1種であることが好ましい。 It is preferable that at least one end of both ends of the polyester oligomer is sealed. In particular, the terminal is an aliphatic group having 1 to 22 carbon atoms, an aromatic ring-containing group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, an aliphatic carbonyl group having 1 to 22 carbon atoms, and an aromatic carbonyl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms. It is preferably at least one selected from
両末端を封止した場合、上記ポリエステルオリゴマーは常温での状態が固体形状となりにくく、ハンドリングが良好となる。また、結果として、湿度安定性、及び偏光板耐久性に優れたポリマーフィルムを得ることができる。 When both ends are sealed, the polyester oligomer is less likely to be in a solid form at room temperature, and handling is good. As a result, a polymer film excellent in humidity stability and polarizing plate durability can be obtained.
セルロースアシレートフィルム中、添加剤としてのポリエステルオリゴマーの含有量(複数含まれる場合はその合計含有量)は、セルロースアシレートに対して1~30質量%であることが好ましく、5~20質量%であることがより好ましく、5~15質量%であることが更に好ましい。 In the cellulose acylate film, the content of the polyester oligomer as an additive (when there are a plurality of polyester oligomers) is preferably 1 to 30% by mass with respect to the cellulose acylate, and preferably 5 to 20% by mass. More preferred is 5 to 15% by mass.
上記糖エステル化合物とは、上記化合物を構成する糖骨格構造中の置換可能な基(例えば、水酸基、及びカルボキシル基)の少なくとも1つと、少なくとも1種の置換基とがエステル結合されている化合物のことを言う。すなわち、ここで言う糖エステル化合物には広義の糖誘導体類も含まれ、例えばグルコン酸のような糖残基を構造として含む化合物も含まれる。つまり、上記糖エステル化合物には、グルコースとカルボン酸のエステル体、及びグルコン酸とアルコールのエステル体も含まれる。 The sugar ester compound is a compound in which at least one substitutable group (for example, a hydroxyl group and a carboxyl group) in the sugar skeleton structure constituting the compound and at least one substituent are ester-bonded. Say that. That is, the sugar ester compound referred to here includes a wide range of sugar derivatives, for example, a compound containing a sugar residue such as gluconic acid as a structure. That is, the sugar ester compound includes an ester of glucose and carboxylic acid and an ester of gluconic acid and alcohol.
上記糖エステル化合物としては、フラノース構造若しくはピラノース構造を1個有する化合物(M)のOH基の全て若しくは一部をアルキルエステル化した糖エステル化合物であるか、又は、フラノース構造若しくはピラノース構造の少なくとも1種を2個結合した化合物(D)のOH基の全て若しくは一部をアルキルエステル化した糖エステル化合物であることが好ましい。フラノース構造又はピラノース構造の単環であり、その構造の水酸基の全て若しくは一部をアルキルエステル化した糖エステル化合物であることがより好ましく、グルコース構造の水酸基の全て若しくは一部をアルキルエステル化した糖エステル化合物であることが更に好ましい。 The sugar ester compound is a sugar ester compound obtained by alkylating all or part of the OH groups of the compound (M) having one furanose structure or one pyranose structure, or at least one of a furanose structure or a pyranose structure. A sugar ester compound in which all or a part of the OH group of the compound (D) in which two species are bonded is alkylesterified is preferable. More preferably, it is a sugar ester compound that is a monocycle of a furanose structure or a pyranose structure, and in which all or part of the hydroxyl groups of the structure are alkyl esterified, and a sugar in which all or part of the hydroxyl groups of the glucose structure are alkyl esterified More preferably, it is an ester compound.
化合物(M)としては、グルコース、ガラクトース、マンノース、フルクトース、キシロース、及びアラビノースが挙げられ、グルコース、又はフルクトースが好ましく、グルコースがより好ましい。
化合物(D)としては、ラクトース、スクロース、ニストース、1F-フラクトシルニストース、スタキオース、マルチトール、ラクチトール、ラクチュロース、セロビオース、マルトース、セロトリオース、マルトトリオース、ラフィノース、及びケストースが挙げられる。また、ゲンチオビオース、ゲンチオトリオース、ゲンチオテトラオース、キシロトリオース、及びガラクトシルスクロース等も挙げられる。
これらの化合物(D)の中で、特にフラノース構造とピラノース構造との双方を有する化合物が好ましく、スクロース、ケストース、ニストース、1F-フラクトシルニストース、又はスタキオースがより好ましく、スクロースが更に好ましい。
Examples of the compound (M) include glucose, galactose, mannose, fructose, xylose, and arabinose. Glucose or fructose is preferable, and glucose is more preferable.
Examples of the compound (D) include lactose, sucrose, nystose, 1F-fructosyl nystose, stachyose, maltitol, lactitol, lactulose, cellobiose, maltose, cellotriose, maltotriose, raffinose, and kestose. Moreover, gentiobiose, gentiotriose, gentiotetraose, xylotriose, galactosyl sucrose, etc. are also mentioned.
Among these compounds (D), compounds having both a furanose structure and a pyranose structure are particularly preferable, sucrose, kestose, nystose, 1F-fructosyl nystose, or stachyose is more preferable, and sucrose is more preferable.
化合物(M)及び化合物(D)中のOH基の全て若しくは一部をアルキルエステル化するために脂肪族モノカルボン酸を用いることが好ましい。
上記脂肪族モノカルボン酸としては、酢酸、プロピオン酸、酪酸、イソ酪酸、吉草酸、カプロン酸、エナント酸、カプリル酸、ペラルゴン酸、カプリン酸、2-エチル-ヘキサンカルボン酸、ウンデシル酸、ラウリン酸、トリデシル酸、ミリスチン酸、ペンタデシル酸、パルミチン酸、ヘプタデシル酸、ステアリン酸、ノナデカン酸、アラキン酸、ベヘン酸、リグノセリン酸、セロチン酸、ヘプタコサン酸、モンタン酸、メリシン酸、及びラクセル酸等の飽和脂肪酸;ウンデシレン酸、オレイン酸、ソルビン酸、リノール酸、リノレン酸、アラキドン酸、及びオクテン酸等の不飽和脂肪酸;等が挙げられ、それらのなかでも酢酸、プロピオン酸、又はイソ酪酸が好ましい。すなわち、上記糖エステル化合物中の上記置換基がアセチル基、プロピオニル基、又はイソブチリル基であることが好ましい。
In order to alkylate all or part of the OH groups in the compound (M) and the compound (D), it is preferable to use an aliphatic monocarboxylic acid.
Examples of the aliphatic monocarboxylic acid include acetic acid, propionic acid, butyric acid, isobutyric acid, valeric acid, caproic acid, enanthic acid, caprylic acid, pelargonic acid, capric acid, 2-ethyl-hexanecarboxylic acid, undecylic acid, lauric acid , Saturated fatty acids such as tridecylic acid, myristic acid, pentadecylic acid, palmitic acid, heptadecylic acid, stearic acid, nonadecanoic acid, arachidic acid, behenic acid, lignoceric acid, serotic acid, heptacosanoic acid, montanic acid, melicic acid, and laccelic acid Unsaturated fatty acids such as undecylenic acid, oleic acid, sorbic acid, linoleic acid, linolenic acid, arachidonic acid, and octenoic acid; among them, acetic acid, propionic acid, or isobutyric acid is preferable. That is, the substituent in the sugar ester compound is preferably an acetyl group, a propionyl group, or an isobutyryl group.
また、上記OH基の全て若しくは一部をアルキルエステル化するのに用いられる脂肪族モノカルボン酸としては、2種以上の脂肪族モノカルボン酸であってもよく、その少なくとも1種が分岐鎖状の脂肪族モノカルボン酸であることがより好ましい。分岐鎖状の脂肪族モノカルボン酸としては、なかでもイソ酪酸が更に好ましい。
上記態様をより具体的に説明すると、具体的には、上記OH基の全て若しくは一部を酢酸とイソ酪酸でエステル化することが好ましい。言い換えると、上記糖エステル化合物中の上記置換基がアセチル基とイソブチリル基であることが好ましい。置換基がアセチル基とイソブチリル基のみからなる場合、その割合はアセチル基/イソブチリル基=1/7~4/4であることが好ましく、1/7~3/5であることがより好ましく、2/6であることが更に好ましい。
The aliphatic monocarboxylic acid used to alkylate all or part of the OH group may be two or more aliphatic monocarboxylic acids, at least one of which is branched. Of these, an aliphatic monocarboxylic acid is more preferable. Among them, isobutyric acid is more preferable as the branched aliphatic monocarboxylic acid.
The above embodiment will be described more specifically. Specifically, it is preferable to esterify all or part of the OH group with acetic acid and isobutyric acid. In other words, the substituent in the sugar ester compound is preferably an acetyl group and an isobutyryl group. When the substituent consists only of an acetyl group and an isobutyryl group, the ratio is preferably acetyl group / isobutyryl group = 1/7 to 4/4, more preferably 1/7 to 3/5. More preferably, it is / 6.
これら脂肪族モノカルボン酸で置換された脂肪族糖エステル化合物の製造方法は、例えば、特開平8-245678号公報に記載されている。 A method for producing an aliphatic sugar ester compound substituted with an aliphatic monocarboxylic acid is described, for example, in JP-A-8-245678.
セルロースアシレートフィルム中、上記添加剤の含有量(添加剤が複数含まれる場合にはその合計含有量)は、セルロースアシレートに対して5~20質量%であることが好ましい。 In the cellulose acylate film, the content of the above additives (the total content when a plurality of additives are included) is preferably 5 to 20% by mass with respect to the cellulose acylate.
また、本発明の光学フィルムを偏光子とポリマー支持体側で貼合する場合、用いるセルロースアシレートフィルムに偏光子の湿熱劣化を抑制する観点から下記の一般式(4)の化合物を添加することができる。 Moreover, when bonding the optical film of this invention by a polarizer and a polymer support side, the compound of following General formula (4) may be added to the cellulose acylate film to be used from a viewpoint of suppressing the wet heat deterioration of a polarizer. it can.
一般式(4)
上記一般式(4)中、R11、R13及びR15は、各々独立に、水素原子、炭素数1~20のアルキル基、炭素数3~20のシクロアルキル基、炭素数2~20のアルケニル基、炭素数1~20のアラルキル基、又は炭素数6~20の芳香族基を表す。 In the general formula (4), each of R 11 , R 13 and R 15 is independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, or an alkyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms. An alkenyl group, an aralkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, or an aromatic group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms is represented.
これらの化合物、並びにその合成法に関しては、特開2013-174861号公報の内容(化合物としては、同公報段落番号0090~0122に記載の化合物を利用することができる。)を参酌できる。
セルロースアレートフィルムが上記一般式(4)で表される化合物を含む場合、上記一般式(4)で表される化合物の含有量は、セルロースアシレートポリマーに対して1~20質量%であることが好ましい。
Regarding these compounds and the synthesis method thereof, the content of JP 2013-174861 A (compounds described in paragraph numbers 0090 to 0122 of the same publication can be used) can be referred to.
When the cellulose acylate film contains the compound represented by the general formula (4), the content of the compound represented by the general formula (4) is 1 to 20% by mass with respect to the cellulose acylate polymer. It is preferable.
セルロースアシレートフィルムは、マット剤として微粒子含んでいることが好ましい。微粒子としては、二酸化珪素、二酸化チタン、酸化アルミニウム、酸化ジルコニウム、炭酸カルシウム、タルク、クレイ、焼成カオリン、焼成珪酸カルシウム、水和ケイ酸カルシウム、ケイ酸アルミニウム、ケイ酸マグネシウム、及びリン酸カルシウム等を使用できる。 The cellulose acylate film preferably contains fine particles as a matting agent. As fine particles, silicon dioxide, titanium dioxide, aluminum oxide, zirconium oxide, calcium carbonate, talc, clay, calcined kaolin, calcined calcium silicate, hydrated calcium silicate, aluminum silicate, magnesium silicate, calcium phosphate, etc. can be used. .
微粒子は、1次平均粒子径が20nm以下であり、且つ見かけ比重が70g/リットル以上であるものが好ましい。これらの微粒子は、通常平均粒子径が0.1~3.0μmの2次粒子を形成し、フィルム表面に0.1~3.0μmの凹凸を形成させる。これにより、ロールトゥロールプロセスにおいて本発明の光学フィルムを長尺の巻回体とする際、フィルム同士のこすれによる品質劣化、及び/又は、フィルム同士が接着する現象(ブロッキングとも言う)を未然に防止することができる。 The fine particles preferably have a primary average particle diameter of 20 nm or less and an apparent specific gravity of 70 g / liter or more. These fine particles usually form secondary particles having an average particle diameter of 0.1 to 3.0 μm and form irregularities of 0.1 to 3.0 μm on the film surface. Thereby, when making the optical film of the present invention a long roll in the roll-to-roll process, quality deterioration due to rubbing of the films and / or a phenomenon in which the films adhere to each other (also referred to as blocking) in advance. Can be prevented.
微粒子は、セルロースアシレートフィルムの両表面に凹凸が設けられるように添加してもよいが、光学異方性膜の配向制御のため光配向膜表面を平坦にするという要請から、セルロースアシレートフィルムの光配向膜が設けられる側とは反対の表面のみに凹凸が設けられるように添加することが好ましい。 The fine particles may be added so that both surfaces of the cellulose acylate film are provided with irregularities. However, in order to control the orientation of the optically anisotropic film, the cellulose acylate film is required to make the surface of the photo-alignment film flat. It is preferable to add so that unevenness is provided only on the surface opposite to the side where the photo-alignment film is provided.
(ポリエチレンテレフタレートフィルム)
本明細書においては、ポリエチレンテレフタレートフィルムとは、ポリエチレンテレフタレートを主成分とするフィルムを指す。また、ポリエチレンテレフタレートとは、ジカルボン酸成分としてテレフタル酸に由来する繰り返し単位と、ジオール成分としてエチレングリコールに由来する繰り返し単位とを有するポリエステルであって、全繰り返し単位の80モル%以上がエチレンテレフタレートに由来する繰り返し単位であり、更に必要に応じて他の共重合成分に由来する繰り返し単位を含んでいてもよい。
(Polyethylene terephthalate film)
In this specification, the polyethylene terephthalate film refers to a film containing polyethylene terephthalate as a main component. Polyethylene terephthalate is a polyester having a repeating unit derived from terephthalic acid as a dicarboxylic acid component and a repeating unit derived from ethylene glycol as a diol component, and 80 mol% or more of all repeating units are converted to ethylene terephthalate. It is a repeating unit derived from it, and may further contain a repeating unit derived from another copolymerization component, if necessary.
ポリエチレンテレフタレートの製造方法としては、テレフタル酸、エチレングリコール、並びに必要に応じて他のジカルボン酸及び/又は他のジオールを直接反応させるいわゆる直接重合法のほか、テレフタル酸のジメチルエステル、エチレングリコール、並びに必要に応じて他のジカルボン酸のジメチルエステル及び/又は他のジオールをエステル交換反応させる、いわゆるエステル交換反応法等の任意の製造方法を適用することができる。 As a method for producing polyethylene terephthalate, in addition to a direct polymerization method in which terephthalic acid, ethylene glycol and, if necessary, other dicarboxylic acid and / or other diol are directly reacted, dimethyl ester of terephthalic acid, ethylene glycol, and If necessary, any production method such as a so-called transesterification reaction in which a dimethyl ester of another dicarboxylic acid and / or another diol is transesterified can be applied.
ポリエチレンテレフタレートフィルムは、各種機能層を有効に形成できるようにすることを目的に、その表面に表面改質層を有していてもよい。こうした表面改質層として、各種のバインダー樹脂を塗工したものを用いることができる。バインダー樹脂としては、ポリエステル樹脂、アクリル樹脂、ウレタン樹脂、ポリアルキレングリコール、ポリアルキレンイミン、メチルセルロース、及びヒドロキシセルロース等が挙げられ、なかでもポリエステル樹脂、アクリル樹脂、又はウレタン樹脂が好ましい。さらに、必要に応じて、メラミン化合物、エポキシ化合物、オキサゾリン化合物、イソシアネート化合物、及びカルボジイミド化合物等の架橋剤を併用することができる。 The polyethylene terephthalate film may have a surface modification layer on the surface for the purpose of effectively forming various functional layers. As such a surface modification layer, those coated with various binder resins can be used. Examples of the binder resin include a polyester resin, an acrylic resin, a urethane resin, a polyalkylene glycol, a polyalkyleneimine, methylcellulose, and hydroxycellulose. Among them, a polyester resin, an acrylic resin, or a urethane resin is preferable. Furthermore, crosslinking agents such as melamine compounds, epoxy compounds, oxazoline compounds, isocyanate compounds, and carbodiimide compounds can be used in combination as necessary.
表面改質層は、公知の種々の方法によって設けることができる。例えばインラインコーティングによって設ける場合、上述したバインダー樹脂及び架橋剤等の成分を水溶液又は水分散体として、固形分濃度が0.1~50質量%程度を目安に調整した塗布液をポリエチレンテレフタレートフィルム上に塗布することで表面改質層が設けられたフィルムを得ることができる。 The surface modification layer can be provided by various known methods. For example, in the case of providing by in-line coating, a coating solution prepared by adjusting the above-described components such as the binder resin and the crosslinking agent as an aqueous solution or an aqueous dispersion with a solid content concentration of about 0.1 to 50% by mass as a guide is applied to the polyethylene terephthalate film. By applying, a film provided with a surface modification layer can be obtained.
表面改質層の膜厚としては、通常、0.002~1.0μmであり、0.03~0.5μmが好ましく、0.04~0.2μmがより好ましい。上記範囲であると、十分な表面改質機能を発現しつつ、ブロッキングの発生及びヘイズ上昇を抑制することができる。 The thickness of the surface modification layer is usually 0.002 to 1.0 μm, preferably 0.03 to 0.5 μm, and more preferably 0.04 to 0.2 μm. Within the above range, it is possible to suppress occurrence of blocking and increase in haze while exhibiting a sufficient surface modification function.
〔その他の層〕
本発明の光学フィルムは、上述した光学異方性膜、光配向膜、及びポリマー支持体以外に、さらに他の機能層を含んでいてもよい。上記機能層としては、接着剤層、ハードコート層、上述以外の光学異方性膜、及び着色層等が挙げられる。上記機能層を設ける方法としては、別途上記機能層を作製した上で接着層を介して転写する方法、及び別途支持体上にこれら機能層を設けて支持体とともに貼合する方法が挙げられる。また、上記機能層を設ける他の方法としては、本発明の光学フィルムを構成する光学異方性膜の光配向膜とは反対の面、又は、本発明の光学フィルムを構成するポリマー支持体の光配向膜とは反対の面に、上記機能層を形成するための塗布液を直接塗布して形成する方法が挙げられる。
[Other layers]
The optical film of the present invention may further contain other functional layers in addition to the above-described optically anisotropic film, photoalignment film, and polymer support. Examples of the functional layer include an adhesive layer, a hard coat layer, an optically anisotropic film other than those described above, and a colored layer. Examples of the method for providing the functional layer include a method in which the functional layer is separately prepared and transferred via an adhesive layer, and a method in which the functional layer is separately provided on a support and bonded together with the support. In addition, as another method of providing the functional layer, the surface of the optical anisotropic film constituting the optical film of the present invention opposite to the photo-alignment film, or the polymer support constituting the optical film of the present invention is used. There is a method in which a coating liquid for forming the functional layer is directly applied on the surface opposite to the photo-alignment film.
また、本発明の光学フィルムは、上記光学異方性膜を剥離可能に設けてもよい。光学異方性膜を剥離可能に設ける場合、光配向膜と光学異方性膜との界面において剥離するようにしてもよいし(言い換えると、光学異方性膜が、光配向膜に対して剥離可能なように設けられていてもよいし)、光配向膜とポリマー支持体との界面において剥離するようにしてもよい(言い換えると、光配向膜が、ポリマー支持体に対して剥離可能なように設けられていてもよい)。なかでも、光配向膜と光学異方性膜との界面において剥離するようにすることが好ましい。 In the optical film of the present invention, the optical anisotropic film may be provided so as to be peelable. When the optically anisotropic film is detachably provided, it may be peeled off at the interface between the photoalignment film and the optically anisotropic film (in other words, the optically anisotropic film is It may be provided so as to be peelable) or may be peeled off at the interface between the photo-alignment film and the polymer support (in other words, the photo-alignment film is peelable from the polymer support). May be provided). Especially, it is preferable to peel at the interface between the photo-alignment film and the optical anisotropic film.
〔光学フィルムの製造工程〕
本発明の光学フィルムは、ポリマー支持体上に光配向膜を設けた後、さらに重合性液晶組成物を光配向膜上に塗設して配向処理を加えた後、重合反応による配向状態を固定して形成される。これら工程の模式図を図3に示す。生産性の観点から、図3に示すようなロールトゥロールプロセスを利用することが好ましい。
[Manufacturing process of optical film]
In the optical film of the present invention, after a photo-alignment film is provided on a polymer support, a polymerizable liquid crystal composition is further applied on the photo-alignment film and an alignment treatment is applied, and then the alignment state by a polymerization reaction is fixed. Formed. A schematic diagram of these steps is shown in FIG. From the viewpoint of productivity, it is preferable to use a roll-to-roll process as shown in FIG.
(光配向膜の形成)
光配向膜は、上述した光配向膜形成用組成物を用いる以外は従来公知の製造方法により製造することができる。
光配向膜の製造方法の一例としては、例えば、上述した光配向膜形成用組成物をポリマー支持体表面に塗布して塗膜を形成する塗布工程と、加熱により上記塗膜の熱架橋を行う加熱工程と、加熱後の塗膜に対して偏光を照射するか、又は上記加熱後の塗膜の表面に対して斜め方向から非偏光を照射する光照射工程と、を含む製造方法が挙げられる。なお、上記製造方法は、必要に応じて、光照射工程の後に、更に加熱工程を含んでいてもよい。
(Formation of photo-alignment film)
The photo-alignment film can be produced by a conventionally known production method except that the above-described composition for forming a photo-alignment film is used.
As an example of the manufacturing method of a photo-alignment film, for example, the above-mentioned composition for forming a photo-alignment film is applied to the surface of a polymer support to form a coating film, and the coating film is thermally crosslinked by heating. Examples include a heating step and a light irradiation step of irradiating polarized light to the heated coating film or irradiating non-polarized light from the oblique direction to the surface of the heated coating film. . In addition, the said manufacturing method may include the heating process further after the light irradiation process as needed.
以下、上記製造方法について、図3を参照しつつ説明する。 Hereinafter, the manufacturing method will be described with reference to FIG.
≪塗布工程≫
塗布工程における塗布方法は特に制限されず、目的に応じて適宜選択することができ、例えば、スピンコーティング、ダイコーティング、グラビアコーティング、フレキソ印刷、及びインクジェット印刷等が挙げられる。
図3においては、ポリマー支持体の巻回体(ロール)から巻きだしたポリマー支持体1上にダイ32を用いて塗布を行っている。
≪Application process≫
The application method in the application step is not particularly limited and can be appropriately selected depending on the purpose. Examples thereof include spin coating, die coating, gravure coating, flexographic printing, and inkjet printing.
In FIG. 3, application | coating is performed using the die | dye 32 on the polymer support body 1 unwound from the winding body (roll) of the polymer support body.
≪加熱工程≫
加熱工程における加熱方法は特に制限されず、上記塗布工程を経て得られる塗膜付きポリマー支持体を公知の方法により加熱すればよい。
加熱方法としては、例えば、加熱雰囲気下に晒すことによって塗膜付きポリマー支持体を加熱する方法、熱媒体を通流させた搬送ロール等に接触させることによって塗膜付きポリマー支持体を加熱する方法、及び熱線を照射することによって塗膜付きポリマー支持体を加熱する方法が挙げられる。加熱温度としては、30~200℃が好ましい。
加熱工程の際に塗膜中の溶媒除去と光配向膜の熱架橋反応とを適切に制御することで、ポリマー支持体と光配向膜との密着性が強化し、かつ、ポリマー支持体に由来する疎水性低分子量成分の抽出の制御がなされて光学異方性膜の配向制御が改善し得る。
なお、図3においては、加熱装置33により、塗膜付きポリマー支持体の加熱を行っている。
≪Heating process≫
The heating method in the heating step is not particularly limited, and the coated polymer support obtained through the coating step may be heated by a known method.
As a heating method, for example, a method of heating a polymer support with a coating by exposing it to a heating atmosphere, or a method of heating a polymer support with a coating by bringing it into contact with a transport roll or the like through which a heat medium is passed And the method of heating the polymer support body with a coating film by irradiating with a heat ray is mentioned. The heating temperature is preferably 30 to 200 ° C.
By properly controlling the solvent removal in the coating film and the thermal crosslinking reaction of the photo-alignment film during the heating process, the adhesion between the polymer support and the photo-alignment film is strengthened, and it is derived from the polymer support. Control of the extraction of the hydrophobic low molecular weight component to be performed can improve the orientation control of the optically anisotropic film.
In FIG. 3, the polymer support with a coating film is heated by the heating device 33.
≪光照射工程≫
光照射工程において、上記加熱後の塗膜に対して照射する偏光は特に制限はなく、例えば、直線偏光、円偏光、及び楕円偏光等が挙げられ、なかでも、直線偏光が好ましい。
また、非偏光を照射する「斜め方向」とは、塗膜表面の法線方向に対して極角θ(0<θ<90°)傾けた方向である限りは特に制限はなく、目的に応じて適宜選択することができるが、θは、20~80°であることが好ましい。
≪Light irradiation process≫
In the light irradiation step, the polarized light applied to the coating film after heating is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include linearly polarized light, circularly polarized light, and elliptically polarized light. Among these, linearly polarized light is preferable.
Further, the “oblique direction” for irradiating non-polarized light is not particularly limited as long as it is a direction inclined by a polar angle θ (0 <θ <90 °) with respect to the normal direction of the coating film surface. However, θ is preferably 20 to 80 °.
偏光又は非偏光における波長としては、上記加熱後の塗膜中に含まれる液晶性分子の配向を制御し得る波長であれば特に制限はないが、例えば、紫外線、近紫外線、及び可視光線等が挙げられる。なかでも、250nm~450nmの近紫外線が好ましい。
また、偏光又は非偏光を照射するための光源としては、例えば、キセノンランプ、高圧水銀ランプ、超高圧水銀ランプ、及びメタルハライドランプ等が挙げられる。このような光源からの紫外線及び可視光線に対して、干渉フィルタ及び色フィルタ等を適用することで、照射する波長範囲を適宜調整できる。また、これらの光源からの光に対して、偏光フィルタ及び偏光プリズムを適用することで、直線偏光が得られる。
The wavelength in polarized light or non-polarized light is not particularly limited as long as it is a wavelength capable of controlling the orientation of the liquid crystalline molecules contained in the coating film after heating. Can be mentioned. Of these, near ultraviolet rays having a wavelength of 250 nm to 450 nm are preferable.
Examples of the light source for irradiating polarized light or non-polarized light include a xenon lamp, a high-pressure mercury lamp, an ultra-high pressure mercury lamp, and a metal halide lamp. By applying an interference filter, a color filter, or the like to ultraviolet rays and visible rays from such a light source, the wavelength range to be irradiated can be adjusted as appropriate. Moreover, linearly polarized light can be obtained by applying a polarizing filter and a polarizing prism to the light from these light sources.
偏光又は非偏光の積算光量としては、上記加熱後の塗膜中に含まれる液晶性分子の配向を制御し得る波長であれば特に制限はないが、1~300mJ/cm2が好ましく、5~100mJ/cm2がより好ましい。
偏光又は非偏光の照度としては、上記加熱後の塗膜中に含まれる液晶性分子の配向を制御し得る波長であれば特に制限はないが、0.1~300mW/cm2が好ましく、1~100mW/cm2がより好ましい。
なお、図3に示すように、上記加熱後の塗膜に対して光照射を実施する際は、塗膜中に含まれる液晶分子の配向にムラ及びバラツキを生じさせない点で、ポリマー支持体1が光源に対して揺動することを防止するためのバックアップロール38を設けることが好ましい。
The accumulated light quantity of polarized light or non-polarized light is not particularly limited as long as it is a wavelength capable of controlling the orientation of liquid crystalline molecules contained in the coating film after heating, but is preferably 1 to 300 mJ / cm 2 , and preferably 5 to 100 mJ / cm 2 is more preferable.
The illuminance of polarized light or non-polarized light is not particularly limited as long as it is a wavelength capable of controlling the orientation of liquid crystalline molecules contained in the coating film after heating, but is preferably 0.1 to 300 mW / cm 2. More preferably, it is ˜100 mW / cm 2 .
In addition, as shown in FIG. 3, when performing light irradiation with respect to the said coating film after a heating, the polymer support body 1 is a point which does not produce the nonuniformity and variation in the orientation of the liquid crystal molecule contained in a coating film. It is preferable to provide a
(光学異方性膜の形成)
光学異方性膜の形成方法としては、上述した重合性液晶組成物を用いて、所望の配向状態とした後に、重合により固定化する方法等が挙げられる。典型的には、光配向膜上に、重合性液晶組成物を塗布して塗膜を形成する塗布工程、上記塗膜中に含まれる特定重合性液晶化合物等の液晶分子を所望の配向状態とする配向熟成工程、重合により上記配向状態を固定化する配向固定工程の順に行われ、塗布方法、及び配向熟成方法は公知の種々の方法を適用することができる。
配向固定工程において、重合条件は特に制限されないが、光照射による重合においては、紫外線を用いることが好ましい。照射量は、10mJ/cm2~50J/cm2であることが好ましく、20mJ/cm2~5J/cm2であることがより好ましく、30mJ/cm2~3J/cm2であることが更に好ましく、50~1000mJ/cm2であることが特に好ましい。また、重合反応を促進するため、加熱条件下で実施してもよい。露光方法は、公知の種々の方法を用いることができる。
なお、光学異方性膜の形成工程は、図3に示すように、光配向膜の形成工程と連続して行うことが好ましい。図3においては、重合性液晶組成物の塗布工程はダイ35によって行われ、配向熟成工程は加熱装置36によって行われ、配向固定工程は光源37による露光処理によって行われる。ロールトゥロールプロセスでは、作製された光学フィルムを巻回体(ロール)39として巻き取ることができる。
(Formation of optically anisotropic film)
Examples of the method for forming the optically anisotropic film include a method in which the above-described polymerizable liquid crystal composition is used to obtain a desired alignment state and then fixed by polymerization. Typically, a coating step of coating a polymerizable liquid crystal composition on a photo-alignment film to form a coating film, and a liquid crystal molecule such as a specific polymerizable liquid crystal compound contained in the coating film with a desired alignment state The alignment aging step and the alignment fixing step for fixing the alignment state by polymerization are performed in this order, and various known methods can be applied as the coating method and the alignment aging method.
In the orientation fixing step, the polymerization conditions are not particularly limited, but in polymerization by light irradiation, it is preferable to use ultraviolet rays. The irradiation amount is preferably 10 mJ / cm 2 to 50 J / cm 2 , more preferably 20 mJ / cm 2 to 5 J / cm 2 , and still more preferably 30 mJ / cm 2 to 3 J / cm 2. 50 to 1000 mJ / cm 2 is particularly preferable. Moreover, in order to accelerate | stimulate a polymerization reaction, you may implement on heating conditions. As the exposure method, various known methods can be used.
In addition, it is preferable to perform the formation process of an optical anisotropic film | membrane continuously with the formation process of a photo-alignment film, as shown in FIG. In FIG. 3, the coating process of the polymerizable liquid crystal composition is performed by the die 35, the alignment aging process is performed by the
〔光学フィルムの光学特性〕
本発明の光学フィルムは、その目的により種々の光学特性を付与することができる。
好ましい一態様として、光学異方性膜をポジティブAプレートとすることができる。ここで、Aプレートは以下のように定義される。
光学異方性膜内の遅相軸方向(面内での屈折率が最大となる方向)の屈折率をnx、面内の遅相軸と面内で直交する方向の屈折率をny、厚み方向の屈折率をnzとしたとき、ポジティブAプレートは式(A1)の関係を満たすものである。
式(A1) nx>ny≒nz
なお、上記「≒」とは、両者が完全に同一である場合だけでなく、両者が実質的に同一である場合も包含する。「実質的に同一」とは、例えば、(ny-nz)×d(ただし、dはフィルムの厚みである)が、-10~10nm、好ましくは-5~5nmの場合も「ny≒nz」に含まれ、(nx-nz)×dが、-10~10nm、好ましくは-5~5nmの場合も「nx≒nz」に含まれる。
[Optical characteristics of optical film]
The optical film of the present invention can impart various optical properties depending on the purpose.
As a preferred embodiment, the optically anisotropic film can be a positive A plate. Here, the A plate is defined as follows.
The refractive index in the slow axis direction (direction in which the in-plane refractive index is maximum) in the optically anisotropic film is nx, the refractive index in the direction orthogonal to the in-plane slow axis is ny, and the thickness. When the refractive index in the direction is nz, the positive A plate satisfies the relationship of the formula (A1).
Formula (A1) nx> ny≈nz
The above “≈” includes not only the case where both are completely the same, but also the case where both are substantially the same. “Substantially the same” means, for example, that (ny−nz) × d (where d is the film thickness) is −10 to 10 nm, preferably −5 to 5 nm, “ny≈nz”. And (nx−nz) × d is also included in “nx≈nz” when −10 to 10 nm, preferably −5 to 5 nm.
ポジティブAプレートは、典型的には棒状液晶化合物の水平配向(ホモジーニアス配向)により得ることができる。本発明においては上述した特定重合性液晶化合物が棒状液晶化合物であることから、光配向膜上に水平配向させることによりポジティブAプレートを得ることができる。 The positive A plate can be typically obtained by horizontal alignment (homogeneous alignment) of rod-like liquid crystal compounds. In the present invention, since the specific polymerizable liquid crystal compound described above is a rod-like liquid crystal compound, a positive A plate can be obtained by horizontal alignment on the photo-alignment film.
本発明の光学フィルムを構成する光学異方性膜は、上述した特定重合性液晶化合物を用いることにより下記式(3)又は式(4)を満たすことができる。さらに下記式(5)を満たしていることが好ましい。
Re(450)/Re(550)<1 ・・・(3)
Rth(450)/Rth(550)<1 ・・・(4)
0.50<Re(450)/Re(550)<1.00 ・・・(5)
The optically anisotropic film constituting the optical film of the present invention can satisfy the following formula (3) or formula (4) by using the above-mentioned specific polymerizable liquid crystal compound. Furthermore, it is preferable that the following formula (5) is satisfied.
Re (450) / Re (550) <1 (3)
Rth (450) / Rth (550) <1 (4)
0.50 <Re (450) / Re (550) <1.00 (5)
上記式(3)及び(5)中、Re(450)は、光学異方性膜の波長450nmにおける面内レターデーションを表し、Re(550)は、光学異方性膜の波長550nmにおける面内レターデーションを表す。なお、本明細書において、レターデーションの測定波長を明記していない場合は、測定波長は550nmとする。
また、上記式(4)中、Rth(450)は、光学異方性膜の波長450nmにおける厚み方向のレターデーションを表し、Rth(550)は、光学異方性膜の波長550nmにおける厚み方向のレターデーションを表す。
In the above formulas (3) and (5), Re (450) represents the in-plane retardation of the optically anisotropic film at a wavelength of 450 nm, and Re (550) represents the in-plane of the optically anisotropic film at a wavelength of 550 nm. Represents retardation. In addition, in this specification, when the measurement wavelength of retardation is not specified, the measurement wavelength is 550 nm.
In the above formula (4), Rth (450) represents retardation in the thickness direction at a wavelength of 450 nm of the optically anisotropic film, and Rth (550) represents thickness direction of the optically anisotropic film in the thickness of 550 nm. Represents retardation.
本発明においては、面内レターデーション及び厚み方向のレターデーションの値は、AxoScan OPMF-1(オプトサイエンス社製)を用い、測定波長の光を用いて測定した値をいう。
具体的には、AxoScan OPMF-1にて、平均屈折率((Nx+Ny+Nz)/3)と膜厚(d(μm))を入力することにより、
遅相軸方向(°)
Re(λ)=R0(λ)
Rth(λ)=((nx+ny)/2-nz)×d
が算出される。
なお、R0(λ)は、AxoScan OPMF-1で算出される数値として表示されるものであるが、Re(λ)を意味している。
In the present invention, the values of in-plane retardation and retardation in the thickness direction are values measured using AxoScan OPMF-1 (manufactured by Optoscience) and using light having a measurement wavelength.
Specifically, by inputting an average refractive index ((Nx + Ny + Nz) / 3) and a film thickness (d (μm)) in AxoScan OPMF-1.
Slow axis direction (°)
Re (λ) = R0 (λ)
Rth (λ) = ((nx + ny) / 2−nz) × d
Is calculated.
Note that R0 (λ) is displayed as a numerical value calculated by AxoScan OPMF-1, and means Re (λ).
光学異方性膜がポジティブAプレートである場合、1/4波長板として機能する観点から、Re(550)が100~180nmであることが好ましく、120~160nmであることがより好ましく、130~150nmであることが更に好ましく、130~140nmであることが特に好ましい。この範囲であると、上述した式(3)又は式(5)を満たすことと相関して、可視光領域で広帯域にわたり1/4波長分の偏光変換を与える光学異方性膜を得ることができる。 When the optically anisotropic film is a positive A plate, from the viewpoint of functioning as a quarter wavelength plate, Re (550) is preferably 100 to 180 nm, more preferably 120 to 160 nm, and 130 to It is more preferably 150 nm, and particularly preferably 130 to 140 nm. Within this range, in correlation with satisfying the above-mentioned formula (3) or formula (5), it is possible to obtain an optically anisotropic film that provides polarization conversion for a quarter wavelength over a wide band in the visible light region. it can.
ポリマー支持体は任意の光学特性であることができる。
例えば好ましい一態様として、nx≒ny≒nzであることができる。ここでいうnx、ny、nzは、前述した光学異方性における定義をポリマー支持体に読み替えるものとする。すなわち、Re(550)が-10~10nm、好ましくは-5~5nmであり、Rth(550)が-10~10nm、好ましくは-5~5nmであることができる。このような光学特性であると、光学異方性膜側から偏光が入射した場合、光学異方性膜からポリマー支持体を経て出射される光の偏光状態は光学異方性膜による偏光変換のみを考慮すればよく、光学設計が容易になる利点がある。
The polymer support can be of any optical property.
For example, as a preferable aspect, nx≈ny≈nz. Here, nx, ny, and nz are to read the definition of optical anisotropy described above as a polymer support. That is, Re (550) can be −10 to 10 nm, preferably −5 to 5 nm, and Rth (550) can be −10 to 10 nm, preferably −5 to 5 nm. With such optical characteristics, when polarized light enters from the optically anisotropic film side, the polarization state of the light emitted from the optically anisotropic film through the polymer support is only polarization conversion by the optically anisotropic film. There is an advantage that the optical design becomes easy.
別の一態様として、ポリマー支持体は、ポジティブAプレート、ネガティブAプレート、負の二軸性プレート、正の二軸性プレート、ポジティブCプレート、又はネガティブCプレートであることができる。また、nx>nz>nyの光学異方性を示すことができる。
ここで、
ポジティブAプレート:nx>ny≒nz
ネガティブAプレート:nz≒nx>ny
負の二軸性プレート:nx>ny>nz
正の二軸性プレート:nz>nx>ny
ポジティブCプレート:nx≒ny<nz
ネガティブCプレート:nx≒ny>nz
In another aspect, the polymer support can be a positive A plate, a negative A plate, a negative biaxial plate, a positive biaxial plate, a positive C plate, or a negative C plate. Moreover, the optical anisotropy of nx>nz> ny can be shown.
here,
Positive A plate: nx> ny≈nz
Negative A plate: nz≈nx> ny
Negative biaxial plate: nx>ny> nz
Positive biaxial plate: nz>nx> ny
Positive C plate: nx≈ny <nz
Negative C plate: nx≈ny> nz
光学異方性膜、並びにポリマー支持体の光学異方性は、後述するような本発明の光学フィルムの用途に応じて、適宜設計することができる。 The optical anisotropy film and the optical anisotropy of the polymer support can be appropriately designed according to the use of the optical film of the present invention as described later.
[偏光板]
本発明の光学フィルムと偏光子とを貼り合わせることにより偏光板を形成することができる。
また、本発明の光学フィルム中の光学異方性膜が光配向膜と剥離可能である場合、光学フィルムから転写された光学異方性膜と偏光子とを貼り合わせることによっても偏光板を形成することができる。このような偏光板を使用した一例としては、図2に模式的に示すポジティブCプレート18付き円偏光板が挙げられる(なお、図2において粘着剤層は記載を略した)。
[Polarizer]
A polarizing plate can be formed by bonding the optical film of the present invention and a polarizer.
In addition, when the optical anisotropic film in the optical film of the present invention is peelable from the photo-alignment film, a polarizing plate is also formed by bonding the optical anisotropic film transferred from the optical film and a polarizer. can do. An example of using such a polarizing plate is a circularly polarizing plate with a
〔偏光子〕
上記偏光子としては、光を特定の直線偏光に変換する機能を有する部材であれば特に制限されず、従来公知の吸収型偏光子及び反射型偏光子を利用することができる。
上記吸収型偏光子としては、ヨウ素系偏光子、二色性染料を利用した染料系偏光子、及びポリエン系偏光子等が用いられる。ヨウ素系偏光子及び染料系偏光子には、塗布型偏光子と延伸型偏光子があり、いずれも適用できるが、ポリビニルアルコールにヨウ素又は二色性染料を吸着させ、延伸して作製される偏光子が好ましい。
また、基材上にポリビニルアルコール層を形成した積層フィルムの状態で延伸及び染色を施すことで偏光子を得る方法として、特許第5048120号公報、特許第5143918号公報、特許第4691205号公報、特許第4751481号公報、及び特許第4751486号公報等を挙げることができ、これらの偏光子に関する公知の技術も好ましく利用することができる。
上記反射型偏光子としては、複屈折の異なる薄膜を積層した偏光子、ワイヤーグリッド型偏光子、及び、選択反射域を有するコレステリック液晶と1/4波長板とを組み合わせた偏光子等が用いられる。
なかでも、密着性がより優れる点で、ポリビニルアルコール系樹脂(-CH2-CHOH-を繰り返し単位として含むポリマー、特に、ポリビニルアルコール及びエチレン-ビニルアルコール共重合体からなる群から選択される少なくとも1つ)を含む偏光子であることが好ましい。
[Polarizer]
The polarizer is not particularly limited as long as it is a member having a function of converting light into specific linearly polarized light, and conventionally known absorption polarizers and reflection polarizers can be used.
Examples of the absorption polarizer include iodine-based polarizers, dye-based polarizers using dichroic dyes, and polyene-based polarizers. Iodine polarizer and dye polarizer include coating polarizers and stretchable polarizers, both of which can be applied. Polarized light produced by adsorbing iodine or dichroic dye to polyvinyl alcohol and stretching. A child is preferred.
In addition, as a method of obtaining a polarizer by stretching and dyeing in the state of a laminated film in which a polyvinyl alcohol layer is formed on a substrate, Patent No. 5048120, Patent No. 5143918, Patent No. 4691205, Patent No. 4751481 and Japanese Patent No. 4751486 can be cited, and known techniques relating to these polarizers can also be preferably used.
As the reflective polarizer, a polarizer in which thin films having different birefringence are laminated, a wire grid polarizer, a polarizer in which a cholesteric liquid crystal having a selective reflection region and a quarter wavelength plate are combined, or the like is used. .
Among these, at least one selected from the group consisting of polyvinyl alcohol resins (polymers containing —CH 2 —CHOH— as a repeating unit, in particular, polyvinyl alcohol and ethylene-vinyl alcohol copolymers, in terms of better adhesion. Are preferably included.
偏光子の厚みは特に制限されないが、3μm~60μmが好ましく、5μm~30μmがより好ましく、5μm~15μmが更に好ましい。 The thickness of the polarizer is not particularly limited, but is preferably 3 μm to 60 μm, more preferably 5 μm to 30 μm, and even more preferably 5 μm to 15 μm.
〔粘着剤層〕
これらの偏光板は、本発明の光学フィルムから転写された光学異方性膜と偏光子との間に、粘着剤層が配置されていてもよい。
光学異方性膜と偏光子との積層のために用いられる粘着剤層としては、例えば、動的粘弾性測定装置で測定した貯蔵弾性率G’と損失弾性率G”との比(tanδ=G”/G’)が0.001~1.5である物質のことを表し、いわゆる、粘着剤、及びクリープしやすい物質等が含まれる。本発明に用いることのできる粘着剤としては、例えば、ポリビニルアルコール系粘着剤が挙げられるが、これに制限されない。
(Adhesive layer)
In these polarizing plates, an adhesive layer may be disposed between the optically anisotropic film transferred from the optical film of the present invention and the polarizer.
As the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer used for laminating the optically anisotropic film and the polarizer, for example, the ratio of the storage elastic modulus G ′ and the loss elastic modulus G ″ measured with a dynamic viscoelasticity measuring apparatus (tan δ = G ″ / G ′) represents a material having a value of 0.001 to 1.5, and includes a so-called pressure-sensitive adhesive and a material that easily creeps. Examples of the adhesive that can be used in the present invention include, but are not limited to, a polyvinyl alcohol-based adhesive.
[画像表示装置]
本発明の光学フィルムは、光学フィルムとしてそのまま組み込む、あるいは、光学異方性膜を剥離して組み込む等により、画像表示装置に組み込むことができる。
これら画像表示装置に用いられる表示素子としては特に制限されず、例えば、液晶セル、有機エレクトロルミネッセンス(以下、「EL」と略す。)表示パネル、プラズマディスプレイパネル、及びマイクロLED(light emitting diode)ディスプレイパネル等が挙げられる。
一例として、液晶セルに適用する場合、光学補償フィルム又は視野角補償フィルムとして用いることができる。また、EL表示パネル、プラズマディスプレイパネル、及びマイクロLEDディスプレイパネル等の自発光表示素子に適用する場合、光学異方性膜をλ/4波長のレターデーションとし、その遅相軸を直線偏光子の吸収軸と45°で組み合わせることにより円偏光板を形成して、偏光子/(ポリマー支持体/光配向膜)/光学異方性膜/表示素子(接着層等の記載は略す)の順に配置することにより、外光がパネル内部で反射する光が観察者へ届くことを防止する機能を持たせることができる。
[Image display device]
The optical film of the present invention can be incorporated into an image display device by incorporating it as an optical film as it is, or by peeling off an optical anisotropic film and incorporating it.
The display elements used in these image display devices are not particularly limited. For example, a liquid crystal cell, an organic electroluminescence (hereinafter abbreviated as “EL”) display panel, a plasma display panel, and a micro LED (light emitting diode) display. A panel etc. are mentioned.
As an example, when applied to a liquid crystal cell, it can be used as an optical compensation film or a viewing angle compensation film. In addition, when applied to self-luminous display elements such as EL display panels, plasma display panels, and micro LED display panels, the optically anisotropic film has a retardation of λ / 4 wavelength, and its slow axis is a linear polarizer. A circularly polarizing plate is formed by combining at 45 ° with the absorption axis, and arranged in the order of polarizer / (polymer support / photo-alignment film) / optical anisotropic film / display element (description of the adhesive layer, etc. is omitted). By doing so, it is possible to provide a function of preventing light reflected from outside the panel from reaching the observer.
以下に実施例に基づいて本発明をさらに詳細に説明する。以下の実施例に示す材料、使用量、割合、処理内容、及び処理手順等は、本発明の趣旨を逸脱しない限り適宜変更することができる。したがって、本発明の範囲は以下に示す実施例により制限的に解釈されるべきものではない。 Hereinafter, the present invention will be described in more detail based on examples. The materials, amounts used, ratios, processing contents, processing procedures, and the like shown in the following examples can be appropriately changed without departing from the gist of the present invention. Therefore, the scope of the present invention should not be construed as being limited by the following examples.
以下、粘着剤としては特に断りない場合、SK-2057(綜研化学株式会社製)を用いた。 Hereinafter, SK-2057 (manufactured by Soken Chemical Co., Ltd.) was used as the adhesive unless otherwise specified.
<実施例1>
(熱架橋性基と光配向性基を有する重合体PA-1の合成)
Langmuir,32(36),9245-9253,(2016年)に記載された方法に従い、2-ヒドロキシエチルメタクリレート(HEMA)(東京化成試薬)と下記桂皮酸クロリド誘導体を用いて、以下に示すモノマーm-1を合成した。
<Example 1>
(Synthesis of polymer PA-1 having thermally crosslinkable group and photo-alignable group)
In accordance with the method described in Langmuir, 32 (36), 9245-9253, (2016), the following monomer m -1 was synthesized.
桂皮酸クロリド誘導体
モノマーm-1
冷却管、温度計、及び撹拌機を備えたフラスコに、溶媒として2-ブタノン5質量部を仕込み、フラスコ内に窒素を5mL/min流しながら、水浴加熱により還流させた。ここに、モノマーm-1を5質量部、サイクロマーM100(3,4-エポキシシクロヘキシルメチルメタアクリレート、ダイセル社製)5質量部、重合開始剤として2,2’-アゾビス(イソブチロニトリル)を1質量部と、溶媒として2-ブタノン5質量部を混合した溶液を、3時間かけて滴下し、さらに3時間還流状態を維持したまま撹拌した。反応終了後、室温まで放冷し、2-ブタノン30質量部を加えて希釈することで約20質量%の重合体溶液を得た。得られた重合体溶液を大過剰のメタノール中へ投入して重合体を沈殿させ、回収した沈殿物をろ別し、大量のメタノールで洗浄した後、50℃において12時間送風乾燥することにより、熱架橋性基と光配向性基を有する重合体PA-1を得た。得られた重合体PA-1のエポキシ当量は396、重量平均分子量は28,000であった。 A flask equipped with a condenser, a thermometer, and a stirrer was charged with 5 parts by mass of 2-butanone as a solvent, and refluxed by heating in a water bath while flowing 5 mL / min of nitrogen into the flask. Here, 5 parts by mass of monomer m-1, 5 parts by mass of cyclomer M100 (3,4-epoxycyclohexylmethyl methacrylate, manufactured by Daicel), 2,2′-azobis (isobutyronitrile) as a polymerization initiator A solution prepared by mixing 1 part by mass with 5 parts by mass of 2-butanone as a solvent was added dropwise over 3 hours, and the mixture was further stirred for 3 hours while maintaining the reflux state. After completion of the reaction, the mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature and diluted by adding 30 parts by mass of 2-butanone to obtain a polymer solution of about 20% by mass. The obtained polymer solution is poured into a large excess of methanol to precipitate the polymer, and the collected precipitate is filtered off, washed with a large amount of methanol, and then blown and dried at 50 ° C. for 12 hours, A polymer PA-1 having a thermally crosslinkable group and a photoalignable group was obtained. The obtained polymer PA-1 had an epoxy equivalent of 396 and a weight average molecular weight of 28,000.
(光配向膜P-1の作製)
特開2018-124528号の段落[0120]~[0122]に記載された方法で作製した添加剤含有ポリマー支持体(具体的には、添加剤含有セルロースアシレートフィルム)上に、下記の光配向膜形成用組成物PC-1を#2.4のワイヤーバーで連続的に塗布した。次いで、塗膜が形成された支持体を140℃の温風で120秒間乾燥し、続いて、偏光紫外線照射(10mJ/cm2、超高圧水銀ランプ使用)することで、光配向膜P-1を形成した。
(Preparation of photo-alignment film P-1)
The following photo-alignment is performed on an additive-containing polymer support (specifically, an additive-containing cellulose acylate film) produced by the method described in paragraphs [0120] to [0122] of JP-A-2018-124528. The film-forming composition PC-1 was continuously applied with a # 2.4 wire bar. Next, the support on which the coating film was formed was dried with warm air of 140 ° C. for 120 seconds, followed by irradiation with polarized ultraviolet rays (10 mJ / cm 2 , using an ultrahigh pressure mercury lamp), whereby the photo-alignment film P-1 Formed.
なお、上記ポリマー支持体中には、添加剤として、特開2015-227955号公報の実施例に記載されたポリエステル化合物B(具体的には、1,2-シクロヘキサンジカルボン酸とエチレングリコールとからなる繰り返し単位(モル比が各々50モル%)を有するポリエステルオリゴマー(数平均分子量:850)であって、その両末端がシクロヘキサノイル基で封止された構造である。)及び下記化合物Fが含まれている。
また、上記ポリエステル化合物Bの含有量は、セルロースアシレートポリマーに対して12質量%であり、上記化合物Fの含有量は、セルロースアシレートポリマーに対して2質量%である。
In the polymer support, polyester compound B (specifically, 1,2-cyclohexanedicarboxylic acid and ethylene glycol described in Examples of JP-A-2015-227955 is used as an additive. A polyester oligomer having a repeating unit (molar ratio of 50 mol% each) (number average molecular weight: 850) having both ends sealed with cyclohexanoyl groups) and the following compound F: It is.
Moreover, content of the said polyester compound B is 12 mass% with respect to a cellulose acylate polymer, and content of the said compound F is 2 mass% with respect to a cellulose acylate polymer.
化合物F
────────────────────────────────
光配向膜形成用組成物PC-1
────────────────────────────────
重合体PA-1 100.00質量部
光重合開始剤(サンエイドSI-B3A、三新化学製)5.00質量部
イソプロピルアルコール 16.50質量部
酢酸ブチル 1072.00質量部
メチルエチルケトン 268.00質量部
────────────────────────────────
────────────────────────────────
Photoalignment film forming composition PC-1
────────────────────────────────
Polymer PA-1 100.00 parts by mass Photopolymerization initiator (Sun-Aid SI-B3A, manufactured by Sanshin Chemical) 5.00 parts by mass Isopropyl alcohol 16.50 parts by mass Butyl acetate 1072.00 parts by mass Methyl ethyl ketone 268.00 parts by mass ────────────────────────────────
(光学フィルム1の形成)
下記の重合性液晶組成物A-1を、バーコーターを用い光配向膜P-1上に塗布した。光配向膜P-1上に形成された塗膜を温風にて180℃に加熱し、その後120℃に冷却し、窒素雰囲気下で高圧水銀灯を用いて波長365nmにて100mJ/cm2の紫外線を塗膜に照射することにより、液晶化合物の配向を固定化し、ポリマー支持体/光配向膜P-1/光学異方性膜A-1の順に積層された光学フィルム1を作製した。光学異方性膜A-1のRe(550)は144nmであり、nx>ny≒nzの光学異方性を示すポジティブAプレートであった。
なお、下記重合性液晶組成物A-1に含まれる液晶化合物の各々のCLogP値の荷重平均については、表3に示す。
重合性液晶組成物A-1においては、重合性液晶化合物L-1、重合性液晶化合物L-2、及びメソゲン化合物A-1が、液晶化合物に該当する。
(Formation of optical film 1)
The following polymerizable liquid crystal composition A-1 was coated on the photo-alignment film P-1 using a bar coater. The coating film formed on the photo-alignment film P-1 was heated to 180 ° C. with warm air, then cooled to 120 ° C., and ultraviolet rays of 100 mJ / cm 2 at a wavelength of 365 nm using a high-pressure mercury lamp in a nitrogen atmosphere. Was applied to the coating film to fix the orientation of the liquid crystal compound, and an optical film 1 was produced in the order of polymer support / photo-alignment film P-1 / optical anisotropic film A-1. Re (550) of the optically anisotropic film A-1 was 144 nm, and it was a positive A plate showing optical anisotropy of nx> ny≈nz.
Table 3 shows the load average of the CLogP values of the liquid crystal compounds contained in the polymerizable liquid crystal composition A-1 shown below.
In the polymerizable liquid crystal composition A-1, the polymerizable liquid crystal compound L-1, the polymerizable liquid crystal compound L-2, and the mesogenic compound A-1 correspond to the liquid crystal compounds.
―――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――
重合性液晶組成物A-1
―――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――
・下記重合性液晶化合物L-1 42.50質量部
・下記重合性液晶化合物L-2 42.50質量部
・下記メソゲン化合物A-1 15.00質量部
・下記重合開始剤S-1(オキシム型) 3.00質量部
・レベリング剤(下記化合物T-1) 0.20質量部
・シクロペンタノン 219.30質量部
―――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――
―――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――
Polymerizable liquid crystal composition A-1
―――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――
-42.50 parts by mass of the following polymerizable liquid crystal compound L-1-42.50 parts by mass of the following polymerizable liquid crystal compound L-2-15.00 parts by mass of the following mesogenic compound A-1-The following polymerization initiator S-1 (oxime) Type) 3.00 parts by mass Leveling agent (Compound T-1 below) 0.20 parts by mass Cyclopentanone 219.30 parts by mass ――――――――――――――――――― ――――――――――――――
(ポジティブCプレートC-1の形成)
特開2015-200861号公報の段落[0124]に記載のポジティブCプレートと同様の方法で作製したポジティブCプレートC-1(ただし、Rth(550)が-69nmとなるように、ポジティブCプレートの厚みは制御している)を形成用仮支持体上に有するフィルムC1を作製した。
(Formation of positive C plate C-1)
The positive C plate C-1 prepared by the same method as the positive C plate described in paragraph [0124] of JP-A-2015-200601 (however, the positive C plate is adjusted so that Rth (550) is −69 nm). A film C1 having a controlled thickness) on a temporary support for formation was prepared.
(円偏光板1の形成)
支持体であるTD80UL(富士フイルム社製)の表面を、アルカリ鹸化処理した。具体的には、上記支持体を1.5規定の水酸化ナトリウム水溶液に55℃で2分間浸漬し、取り出した支持体を室温の水洗浴槽中で洗浄し、30℃で0.1規定の硫酸を用いて中和した。その後、再度、得られた支持体を室温の水洗浴槽中で洗浄し、さらに100℃の温風で乾燥した。
続いて、ヨウ素水溶液中で厚み80μmのロール状ポリビニルアルコールフィルムを連続して5倍に延伸し、延伸後のフィルムを乾燥して、厚み20μmの偏光子を得た。
得られた偏光子と、アルカリ鹸化処理が施された支持体(TD80UL)とを貼りあわせ、片側に偏光子が露出した偏光板を得た。
次に、偏光子の吸収軸と光学異方性膜A-1の遅相軸とが45°となるように、上記偏光板の偏光子が露出した面と、光学異方性膜A-1の表面とを粘着剤を用いて貼り合わせ、続いて光学フィルム1の光配向膜及びポリマー支持体を偏光板から剥離することで、ポジティブAプレートA-1のみを偏光板に転写した。続いて、転写されたポジティブAプレートA-1の表面にフィルムC-1中のポジティブCプレートC-1の表面を、粘着剤を用いて貼り合わせ、フィルムC1の形成用仮支持体を剥離することで、ポジティブCプレートC-1のみを光学異方性膜A-1上に転写し、円偏光板1を作製した。
(Formation of circularly polarizing plate 1)
The surface of TD80UL (manufactured by FUJIFILM Corporation) as a support was subjected to alkali saponification treatment. Specifically, the support was immersed in an aqueous 1.5 N sodium hydroxide solution at 55 ° C. for 2 minutes, and the taken-out support was washed in a water bath at room temperature and 0.1 N sulfuric acid at 30 ° C. Was neutralized. Thereafter, the obtained support was washed again in a room temperature water tub and further dried with hot air at 100 ° C.
Subsequently, a rolled polyvinyl alcohol film having a thickness of 80 μm was continuously stretched 5 times in an iodine aqueous solution, and the stretched film was dried to obtain a polarizer having a thickness of 20 μm.
The obtained polarizer and a support (TD80UL) subjected to alkali saponification treatment were bonded together to obtain a polarizing plate with the polarizer exposed on one side.
Next, the surface of the polarizing plate where the polarizer is exposed and the optically anisotropic film A-1 so that the absorption axis of the polarizer and the slow axis of the optically anisotropic film A-1 are 45 °. Then, the positive alignment plate A-1 alone was transferred to the polarizing plate by peeling off the photo-alignment film and the polymer support of the optical film 1 from the polarizing plate. Subsequently, the surface of the positive C plate C-1 in the film C-1 is bonded to the surface of the transferred positive A plate A-1 using an adhesive, and the temporary support for forming the film C1 is peeled off. Thus, only the positive C plate C-1 was transferred onto the optically anisotropic film A-1, and the circularly polarizing plate 1 was produced.
<実施例2>
重合性液晶組成物A-1を下記の重合性液晶組成物A-2に変更し、Re(550)が144nmになるよう厚みを調整して光学異方性膜A-2を形成した以外は、実施例1と同様の方法によって、光学フィルム2を作製し、次いで、円偏光板2を作製した。光学異方性膜A-2の屈折率異方性はnx>ny≒nzのポジティブAプレートであった。
なお、下記重合性液晶組成物A-2に含まれる液晶化合物の各々のCLogP値の荷重平均については、表3に示す。
重合性液晶組成物A-2においては、重合性液晶化合物L-1、重合性液晶化合物L-2、及びメソゲン化合物A-1が、液晶化合物に該当する。
<Example 2>
The optically anisotropic film A-2 was formed by changing the polymerizable liquid crystal composition A-1 to the following polymerizable liquid crystal composition A-2 and adjusting the thickness so that Re (550) was 144 nm. The optical film 2 was produced by the same method as in Example 1, and then the circularly polarizing plate 2 was produced. The refractive index anisotropy of the optically anisotropic film A-2 was a positive A plate with nx> ny≈nz.
Table 3 shows the load average of the CLogP values of the liquid crystal compounds contained in the polymerizable liquid crystal composition A-2 below.
In the polymerizable liquid crystal composition A-2, the polymerizable liquid crystal compound L-1, the polymerizable liquid crystal compound L-2, and the mesogenic compound A-1 correspond to the liquid crystal compounds.
―――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――
重合性液晶組成物A-2
―――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――
・上記重合性液晶化合物L-1 62.00質量部
・上記重合性液晶化合物L-2 20.00質量部
・上記メソゲン化合物A-1 18.00質量部
・上記重合開始剤S-1(オキシム型) 3.00質量部
・レベリング剤(上記化合物T-1) 0.20質量部
・シクロペンタノン 219.30質量部
―――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――
―――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――
Polymerizable liquid crystal composition A-2
―――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――
-62.00 parts by mass of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound L-1-20.00 parts by mass of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound L-2-18.00 parts by mass of the mesogenic compound A-1-The polymerization initiator S-1 (oxime) Type) 3.00 parts by mass Leveling agent (Compound T-1) 0.20 parts by mass Cyclopentanone 219.30 parts by mass ――――――――――――――――――― ――――――――――――――
<実施例3>
重合性液晶組成物A-1を下記の重合性液晶組成物A-3に変更し、Re(550)が144nmになるよう厚みを調整して光学異方性膜A-3を形成した以外は、実施例1と同様の方法によって、光学フィルム3を作製し、次いで、円偏光板3を作製した。光学異方性膜A-3の屈折率異方性はnx>ny≒nzのポジティブAプレートであった。
なお、下記重合性液晶組成物A-3に含まれる液晶化合物の各々のCLogP値の荷重平均については、表3に示す。
重合性液晶組成物A-3においては、重合性液晶化合物L-1及びメソゲン化合物A-1が、液晶化合物に該当する。
<Example 3>
The optically anisotropic film A-3 was formed by changing the polymerizable liquid crystal composition A-1 to the following polymerizable liquid crystal composition A-3 and adjusting the thickness so that Re (550) was 144 nm. The optical film 3 was produced by the same method as in Example 1, and then the circularly polarizing plate 3 was produced. The refractive index anisotropy of the optically anisotropic film A-3 was a positive A plate with nx> ny≈nz.
Table 3 shows the load average of the CLogP values of the liquid crystal compounds contained in the polymerizable liquid crystal composition A-3 shown below.
In the polymerizable liquid crystal composition A-3, the polymerizable liquid crystal compound L-1 and the mesogenic compound A-1 correspond to the liquid crystal compounds.
―――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――
重合性液晶組成物A-3
―――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――
・上記重合性液晶化合物L-1 84.00質量部
・上記メソゲン化合物A-1 16.00質量部
・上記重合開始剤S-1(オキシム型) 3.00質量部
・レベリング剤(上記化合物T-1) 0.20質量部
・シクロペンタノン 219.30質量部
―――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――
―――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――
Polymerizable liquid crystal composition A-3
―――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――
・ The polymerizable liquid crystal compound L-1 84.00 parts by mass. The mesogenic compound A-1 16.00 parts by mass. The polymerization initiator S-1 (oxime type) 3.00 parts by mass. The leveling agent (the compound T -1) 0.20 parts by mass / cyclopentanone 219.30 parts by mass --------------
<実施例4>
重合性液晶組成物A-1を下記の重合性液晶組成物A-4に変更し、Re(550)が144nmになるよう厚みを調整して光学異方性膜A-4を形成した以外は、実施例1と同様の方法によって、光学フィルム4を作製し、次いで、円偏光板4を作製した。光学異方性膜A-4の屈折率異方性はnx>ny≒nzのポジティブAプレートであった。
なお、下記重合性液晶組成物A-4に含まれる液晶化合物の各々のCLogP値の荷重平均については、表3に示す。
重合性液晶組成物A-4においては、重合性液晶化合物L-2及びメソゲン化合物A-1が、液晶化合物に該当する。
<Example 4>
The optically anisotropic film A-4 was formed by changing the polymerizable liquid crystal composition A-1 to the following polymerizable liquid crystal composition A-4 and adjusting the thickness so that Re (550) was 144 nm. The optical film 4 was produced by the same method as in Example 1, and then the circularly polarizing plate 4 was produced. The refractive index anisotropy of the optically anisotropic film A-4 was a positive A plate with nx> ny≈nz.
Table 3 shows the load average of the CLogP values of the liquid crystal compounds contained in the polymerizable liquid crystal composition A-4 below.
In the polymerizable liquid crystal composition A-4, the polymerizable liquid crystal compound L-2 and the mesogenic compound A-1 correspond to the liquid crystal compounds.
―――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――
重合性液晶組成物A-4
―――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――
・上記重合性液晶化合物L-2 73.00質量部
・上記メソゲン化合物A-1 27.00質量部
・上記重合開始剤S-1(オキシム型) 3.00質量部
・レベリング剤(上記化合物T-1) 0.20質量部
・シクロペンタノン 219.30質量部
―――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――
―――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――
Polymerizable liquid crystal composition A-4
―――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――
-73.00 parts by mass of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound L-2-27.00 parts by mass of the mesogenic compound A-1-3.00 parts by mass of the polymerization initiator S-1 (oxime type)-leveling agent (the compound T -1) 0.20 parts by mass / cyclopentanone 219.30 parts by mass --------------
<実施例5>
重合性液晶組成物A-1を下記の重合性組成物A-5に変更し、厚みを調整した以外は、実施例1と同様の方法によって、ポジティブAプレートA-5を作製し、円偏光板5を作製した。
なお、下記重合性液晶組成物A-5に含まれる液晶化合物の各々のCLogP値の荷重平均については、表3に示す。
重合性液晶組成物A-5においては、重合性液晶化合物L-3が、液晶化合物に該当する。
<Example 5>
A positive A plate A-5 was prepared in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the polymerizable liquid crystal composition A-1 was changed to the following polymerizable composition A-5 and the thickness was adjusted, and circularly polarized light was prepared. A plate 5 was produced.
Table 3 shows the load average of the CLogP values of the liquid crystal compounds contained in the polymerizable liquid crystal composition A-5 shown below.
In the polymerizable liquid crystal composition A-5, the polymerizable liquid crystal compound L-3 corresponds to the liquid crystal compound.
―――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――
重合性液晶組成物A-5
―――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――
・下記重合性液晶化合物L-3 100.00質量部
・上記重合開始剤S-1(オキシム型) 3.00質量部
・レベリング剤(上記化合物T-1) 0.20質量部
・シクロペンタノン 219.30質量部
―――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――
―――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――
Polymerizable liquid crystal composition A-5
―――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――
The following polymerizable liquid crystal compound L-3 100.00 parts by mass The polymerization initiator S-1 (oxime type) 3.00 parts by mass The leveling agent (the compound T-1) 0.20 parts by mass Cyclopentanone 219.30 parts by mass ―――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――
<比較例1>
重合性液晶組成物A-1を下記の重合性液晶組成物A-11に変更し、厚みを調整した以外は、実施例1と同様の方法によって、ポジティブAプレートA-11を作製し、円偏光板11を作製した。
なお、下記重合性液晶組成物A-11に含まれる液晶化合物の各々のCLogP値の荷重平均については、表3に示す。
重合性液晶組成物A-11においては、重合性液晶化合物L-4、重合性液晶化合物L-5、及びメソゲン化合物A-2が、液晶化合物に該当する。
<Comparative Example 1>
A positive A plate A-11 was produced in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the polymerizable liquid crystal composition A-1 was changed to the following polymerizable liquid crystal composition A-11 and the thickness was adjusted, and a circular A plate A-11 was prepared. A polarizing plate 11 was produced.
Table 3 shows the load average of the CLogP values of the liquid crystal compounds included in the polymerizable liquid crystal composition A-11 shown below.
In the polymerizable liquid crystal composition A-11, the polymerizable liquid crystal compound L-4, the polymerizable liquid crystal compound L-5, and the mesogenic compound A-2 correspond to the liquid crystal compounds.
―――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――
重合性液晶組成物A-11
―――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――
・下記重合性液晶化合物L-4 43.75質量部
・下記重合性液晶化合物L-5 43.75質量部
・下記メソゲン化合物A-2 12.50質量部
・上記重合開始剤S-1(オキシム型) 3.00質量部
・レベリング剤(上記化合物T-1) 0.20質量部
・シクロペンタノン 219.30質量部
―――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――
―――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――
Polymerizable liquid crystal composition A-11
―――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――――
-43.75 parts by mass of the following polymerizable liquid crystal compound L-4-43.75 parts by mass of the following polymerizable liquid crystal compound L-5-12.50 parts by mass of the following mesogenic compound A-2-The above polymerization initiator S-1 (oxime) Type) 3.00 parts by mass Leveling agent (Compound T-1) 0.20 parts by mass Cyclopentanone 219.30 parts by mass ――――――――――――――――――― ――――――――――――――
<比較例2>
実施例1の熱架橋性基と光配向性基を有する重合体PA-1に代えて下記の方法により合成した重合体PA-2を用いた光配向膜形成用組成物PC-2を用いた以外は、実施例1と同じ方法により、光学フィルム12及び円偏光板12を作製した。
<Comparative example 2>
In place of the polymer PA-1 having a thermally crosslinkable group and a photoalignable group in Example 1, a composition PC-2 for forming a photoalignment film using a polymer PA-2 synthesized by the following method was used. Except for the above, the
(熱架橋性基と光配向性基を有する重合体PA-2の合成)
冷却管、温度計、及び撹拌機を備えたフラスコに、溶媒として2-ブタノン5質量部を仕込み、フラスコ内に窒素を5mL/min流しながら、水浴加熱により還流させた。ここに、モノマーm-1を6.5質量部、サイクロマーM100(ダイセル社製)3.5質量部、重合開始剤として2,2’-アゾビス(イソブチロニトリル)を1質量部と、溶媒として2-ブタノン5質量部を混合した溶液を、3時間かけて滴下し、さらに3時間還流状態を維持したまま撹拌した。反応終了後、室温まで放冷し、2-ブタノン30質量部を加えて希釈することで約20質量%の重合体溶液を得た。得られた重合体溶液を大過剰のメタノール中へ投入して重合体を沈殿させ、回収した沈殿物をろ別し、大量のメタノールで洗浄した後、50℃において12時間送風乾燥することにより、熱架橋性基と光配向性基を有する重合体PA-2を得た。得られた重合体PA-2のエポキシ当量は566、重量平均分子量は28,000であった。
(Synthesis of polymer PA-2 having thermally crosslinkable group and photo-alignable group)
A flask equipped with a condenser, a thermometer, and a stirrer was charged with 5 parts by mass of 2-butanone as a solvent, and refluxed by heating in a water bath while flowing 5 mL / min of nitrogen into the flask. Here, 6.5 parts by mass of monomer m-1, 3.5 parts by mass of cyclomer M100 (manufactured by Daicel), 1 part by mass of 2,2′-azobis (isobutyronitrile) as a polymerization initiator, A solution prepared by mixing 5 parts by mass of 2-butanone as a solvent was added dropwise over 3 hours, and the mixture was further stirred for 3 hours while maintaining the reflux state. After completion of the reaction, the mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature and diluted by adding 30 parts by mass of 2-butanone to obtain a polymer solution of about 20% by mass. The obtained polymer solution is poured into a large excess of methanol to precipitate the polymer, and the collected precipitate is filtered off, washed with a large amount of methanol, and then blown and dried at 50 ° C. for 12 hours, A polymer PA-2 having a thermally crosslinkable group and a photoalignable group was obtained. The obtained polymer PA-2 had an epoxy equivalent of 566 and a weight average molecular weight of 28,000.
<比較例3>
実施例1の熱架橋性基と光配向性基を有する重合体PA-1に代えて下記の方法により合成した重合体PA-3を用いた光配向膜形成用組成物PC-3を用いた以外は、実施例1と同じ方法により、光学フィルム13及び円偏光板13を作製した。
<Comparative Example 3>
In place of the polymer PA-1 having a thermally crosslinkable group and a photoalignment group in Example 1, a composition PC-3 for forming a photoalignment film using a polymer PA-3 synthesized by the following method was used. Except for the above, an optical film 13 and a circularly polarizing plate 13 were produced in the same manner as in Example 1.
(熱架橋性基と光配向性基を有する重合体PA-3の合成)
冷却管、温度計、及び撹拌機を備えたフラスコに、溶媒として2-ブタノン5質量部を仕込み、フラスコ内に窒素を5mL/min流しながら、水浴加熱により還流させた。ここに、モノマーm-1を4質量部、サイクロマーM100(ダイセル社製)6質量部、重合開始剤として2,2’-アゾビス(イソブチロニトリル)を1質量部と、溶媒として2-ブタノン5質量部を混合した溶液を、3時間かけて滴下し、さらに3時間還流状態を維持したまま撹拌した。反応終了後、室温まで放冷し、2-ブタノン30質量部を加えて希釈することで約20質量%の重合体溶液を得た。得られた重合体溶液を大過剰のメタノール中へ投入して重合体を沈殿させ、回収した沈殿物をろ別し、大量のメタノールで洗浄した後、50℃において12時間送風乾燥することにより、熱架橋性基と光配向性基を有する重合体PA-3を得た。得られた重合体PA-3のエポキシ当量は330、重量平均分子量は28,000であった。
(Synthesis of polymer PA-3 having thermally crosslinkable group and photo-alignable group)
A flask equipped with a condenser, a thermometer, and a stirrer was charged with 5 parts by mass of 2-butanone as a solvent, and refluxed by heating in a water bath while flowing 5 mL / min of nitrogen into the flask. Here, 4 parts by mass of monomer m-1, 6 parts by mass of cyclomer M100 (manufactured by Daicel), 1 part by mass of 2,2′-azobis (isobutyronitrile) as a polymerization initiator, and 2- A solution mixed with 5 parts by weight of butanone was added dropwise over 3 hours, and the mixture was further stirred for 3 hours while maintaining the reflux state. After completion of the reaction, the mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature and diluted by adding 30 parts by mass of 2-butanone to obtain a polymer solution of about 20% by mass. The obtained polymer solution is poured into a large excess of methanol to precipitate the polymer, and the collected precipitate is filtered off, washed with a large amount of methanol, and then blown and dried at 50 ° C. for 12 hours, A polymer PA-3 having a thermally crosslinkable group and a photoalignable group was obtained. The obtained polymer PA-3 had an epoxy equivalent of 330 and a weight average molecular weight of 28,000.
<参考例1>
ポリマー支持体に代えてガラス基板を用い、Re(550)が144nmになるよう光学異方性膜の厚みを調整した以外は実施例1と同様にして、ガラス基板上に光配向膜GP-1、光学異方性膜GA-1がこの順に形成された積層体G1を作製した。ついで、実施例1と同様にして円偏光板を作製した。光学異方性膜GA-1の屈折率異方性はnx>ny≒nzのポジティブAプレートであった。
<Reference Example 1>
A photo-alignment film GP-1 was formed on the glass substrate in the same manner as in Example 1 except that a glass substrate was used instead of the polymer support and the thickness of the optically anisotropic film was adjusted so that Re (550) was 144 nm. A laminated body G1 in which the optically anisotropic film GA-1 was formed in this order was produced. Next, a circularly polarizing plate was produced in the same manner as in Example 1. The refractive index anisotropy of the optically anisotropic film GA-1 was a positive A plate with nx> ny≈nz.
<参考例2>
光配向膜形成用組成物PC-1に代えて光配向膜形成用組成物PC-2を用いた以外は、参考例1と同様にして、ガラス基板上に光配向膜GP-2、光学異方性膜GA-2がこの順に形成された積層体G2を作製した。ついで、実施例1と同様にして円偏光板を作製した。光学異方性膜GA-2の屈折率異方性はnx>ny≒nzのポジティブAプレートであった。
<Reference Example 2>
In the same manner as in Reference Example 1, except that the photo-alignment film forming composition PC-2 was used instead of the photo-alignment film-forming composition PC-1, the photo-alignment film GP-2 and the optically different film on the glass substrate were used. A laminate G2 in which the isotropic film GA-2 was formed in this order was produced. Next, a circularly polarizing plate was produced in the same manner as in Example 1. The refractive index anisotropy of the optically anisotropic film GA-2 was a positive A plate with nx> ny≈nz.
<実施例6>
(熱架橋性基と光配向性基を有する重合体PA-4の合成)
実施例1の重合体PA-1の合成において、5質量部のモノマーm-1及び5質量部のサイクロマーM100の代わりに、6質量部のモノマーm-1及び4質量部のOXE-10((3-エチルオキセタン-3-イル)メチルアクリレート、大阪有機化学工業株式会社製)を用いて重合体PA-4を得た。
<Example 6>
(Synthesis of polymer PA-4 having thermally crosslinkable group and photo-alignment group)
In the synthesis of polymer PA-1 of Example 1, instead of 5 parts by mass of monomer m-1 and 5 parts by mass of cyclomer M100, 6 parts by mass of monomer m-1 and 4 parts by mass of OXE-10 ( (3-Ethyloxetane-3-yl) methyl acrylate, manufactured by Osaka Organic Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) was used to obtain a polymer PA-4.
(光配向膜形成用組成物PC-4の調製)
実施例1の光配向膜形成用組成物PC-1の作製において、重合体PA-1の代わりに上記重合体PA-4を用いた以外は同様の方法により光配向膜形成用組成物PC-4を調製した。
(Preparation of photoalignment film-forming composition PC-4)
In the production of the photoalignment film-forming composition PC-1 of Example 1, the photoalignment film-forming composition PC- was prepared in the same manner except that the polymer PA-4 was used instead of the polymer PA-1. 4 was prepared.
(光学フィルム6の作製)
実施例1の光学フィルムの作製において、光配向膜形成用組成物PC-1の代わりに上記光配向膜形成用組成物PC-4を用いた以外は同様の方法により光学フィルム6を作製し、次いで、円偏光板6を作製した。
(Preparation of optical film 6)
In the production of the optical film of Example 1, an optical film 6 was produced in the same manner except that the photo-alignment film-forming composition PC-4 was used instead of the photo-alignment film-forming composition PC-1. Next, a circularly polarizing plate 6 was produced.
<実施例7>
(熱架橋性基と光配向性基を有する重合体PA-5の合成)
実施例1の重合体PA-1の合成において、5質量部のモノマーm-1及び5質量部のサイクロマーM100の代わりに、6質量部のモノマーm-1及び4質量部のグリシジルメタクリレート(東京化成工業株式会社製)を用いて重合体PA-5を得た。
<Example 7>
(Synthesis of polymer PA-5 having thermally crosslinkable group and photo-alignable group)
In the synthesis of the polymer PA-1 of Example 1, instead of 5 parts by mass of monomer m-1 and 5 parts by mass of cyclomer M100, 6 parts by mass of monomer m-1 and 4 parts by mass of glycidyl methacrylate (Tokyo) Polymer PA-5 was obtained using Kasei Kogyo Co., Ltd.
(光配向膜形成用組成物PC-5の調製)
実施例1の光配向膜形成用組成物PC-1の作製において、重合体PA-1の代わりに上記重合体PA-5を用いた以外は同様の方法により光配向膜形成用組成物PC-5を調製した。
(Preparation of photoalignment film-forming composition PC-5)
In the preparation of the photoalignment film-forming composition PC-1 of Example 1, the photoalignment film-forming composition PC- was prepared in the same manner except that the polymer PA-5 was used instead of the polymer PA-1. 5 was prepared.
(光学フィルム7の作製)
実施例1の光学フィルムの作製において、光配向膜形成用組成物PC-1の代わりに上記光配向膜形成用組成物PC-5を用いた以外は同様の方法により光学フィルム7を作製し、次いで、円偏光板7を作製した。
(Preparation of optical film 7)
In the production of the optical film of Example 1, an optical film 7 was produced by the same method except that the above-described photoalignment film-forming composition PC-5 was used instead of the photoalignment film-forming composition PC-1. Next, a circularly polarizing plate 7 was produced.
<液晶配向評価>
作製した光学フィルムを偏光顕微鏡上に置き、偏光板をクロスニコルにしたうえで、光学フィルムの角度を調整し消光位にセットした。その状態で顕微鏡観察を行い、500μm×500μmの領域を、場所を変えながら10視野観察し、その中に観察された輝点の数の平均値を液晶配向の指標として評価した。評価の基準は下記の通りとした。
A:500μm×500μmの領域に観察される輝点の個数が平均3個未満
D:500μm×500μmの領域に観察される輝点の個数が平均3個以上
<Liquid crystal alignment evaluation>
The prepared optical film was placed on a polarizing microscope and the polarizing plate was made cross Nicol, and then the angle of the optical film was adjusted and set to the extinction position. Microscopic observation was performed in this state, and 10 fields of a 500 μm × 500 μm region were observed while changing the location, and the average value of the number of bright spots observed therein was evaluated as an index of liquid crystal alignment. The evaluation criteria were as follows.
A: The number of bright spots observed in an area of 500 μm × 500 μm is less than 3 on average D: The number of bright spots observed in an area of 500 μm × 500 μm is 3 or more on average
<耐久性評価>
作製したポジティブAプレート上に粘着剤を貼合して粘着剤付きポジティブAプレートを作製し、これを85℃85%の環境下で500時間保持した後のReA(550)を下記の基準で評価した。
A:85℃85%で保持前のReA(550)に対し、保持後のReA(550)の割合が98%以上である場合
B:85℃85%で保持前のReA(550)に対し、保持後のReA(550)の割合が95%以上98%未満である場合
C:85℃85%で保持前のReA(550)に対し、保持後のReA(550)の割合が90%以上95%未満である場合
D:85℃85%で保持前のReA(550)に対し、保持後のReA(550)の割合が90%未満である場合
<Durability evaluation>
A positive A plate with a pressure-sensitive adhesive was prepared by pasting a pressure-sensitive adhesive on the prepared positive A plate, and the ReA (550) after maintaining this in an environment of 85 ° C. and 85% for 500 hours was evaluated according to the following criteria. did.
A: When the ratio of ReA (550) after holding is 98% or more with respect to ReA (550) before holding at 85 ° C. and 85% B: With respect to ReA (550) before holding at 85 ° C. and 85%, When the ratio of ReA (550) after holding is 95% or more and less than 98% C: The ratio of ReA (550) after holding is 90% or more with respect to ReA (550) before holding at 85 ° C. and 85%. D: When the ratio of ReA (550) after holding is less than 90% with respect to ReA (550) before holding at 85 ° C. and 85%
(有機EL表示装置への実装)
有機EL表示パネル搭載のSAMSUNG社製GALAXY S IVを分解し、円偏光板を剥離して、実施例、比較例、及び参考例で作製した各円偏光板をそれぞれ有機EL表示パネル上に貼合し、有機EL表示装置を作製した。実施例及び参考例で作製した円偏光板1~7、G1、及びG2、並びに比較例1で作製した円偏光板11は、黒表示時においてニュートラルブラックに近い正面反射色味、及び45°方向斜視反射色味を示したが、比較例2及び3で作製した偏光板12及び13は黒表示時でも輝点があり、また正面反射及び45°方向斜視反射においてニュートラルブラックに比して色味付きが感じられるものであった。
(Mounting on organic EL display devices)
Disassemble the GALAXY S IV manufactured by SAMSUNG equipped with an organic EL display panel, peel off the circularly polarizing plate, and paste each circularly polarizing plate produced in Examples, Comparative Examples, and Reference Examples on the organic EL display panel. Thus, an organic EL display device was produced. The circularly polarizing plates 1 to 7, G1, and G2 prepared in Examples and Reference Examples, and the circularly polarizing plate 11 prepared in Comparative Example 1 have a front reflection color close to neutral black and a 45 ° direction when displaying black. Although the squint reflection color was shown, the
実施例の光学フィルム中の光学異方性膜は、逆波長分散性を示し、且つ、優れた湿熱耐久性を示した。また、上記光学異方性膜は、疎水性低分子量成分を含むポリマー支持体上に配置されていても、疎水性低分子量成分の抽出が起こらない参考例1(ガラス支持体を使用した例に該当する。)と同等の配向性を示した。すなわち、本発明の光学フィルムは、ロールトゥロールプロセスに適し、光学異方性膜は、優れた光学特性と湿熱耐久性を示すものであることは明白である。 The optically anisotropic film in the optical films of the examples exhibited reverse wavelength dispersion and excellent wet heat durability. In addition, even when the optically anisotropic film is disposed on a polymer support containing a hydrophobic low molecular weight component, extraction of the hydrophobic low molecular weight component does not occur in Reference Example 1 (example using a glass support). Applicable)). That is, it is clear that the optical film of the present invention is suitable for a roll-to-roll process, and the optically anisotropic film exhibits excellent optical properties and wet heat durability.
10 光学フィルム
3、12 光学異方性膜
2、14 光配向膜
1、16 ポリマー支持体
18 ポジティブCプレート
20 偏光板
22 円偏光板
30 光学フィルムの製造工程
31、39 ロール
32、35 ダイ
33、36 加熱装置
34、37 光源
38 バックアップロール
DESCRIPTION OF
Claims (7)
前記重合性液晶組成物は、下記式(1)で表される重合性液晶化合物を含み、
前記重合性液晶組成物に含まれる液晶化合物の各々のCLogP値の荷重平均は、10.0~20.0であり、
前記光配向膜は、熱架橋性の光配向膜形成用組成物から形成されており、
前記光配向膜形成用組成物は、下記式(A)で表される光配向性繰り返し単位と下記式(B)で表される熱架橋性繰り返し単位とを含む光配向性共重合体を含み、前記光配向性共重合体の熱架橋性基当量が、340~500である、光学フィルム。
式(1):
L1-SP1-(E3-A1)m-E1-G1-D1-Ar1-D2-G2-E2-(A2-E4)n-SP2-L2
式(1)中、D1、D2、E1、E2、E3、及びE4は、それぞれ独立に、単結合、-CO-O-、-C(=S)O-、-CR1R2-、-CR1R2-CR3R4-、-O-CR1R2-、-CR1R2-O-CR3R4-、-CO-O-CR1R2-、-O-CO-CR1R2-、-CR1R2-O-CO-CR3R4-、-CR1R2-CO-O-CR3R4-、-NR1-CR2R3-、又は-CO-NR1-を表す。R1、R2、R3及びR4は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、フッ素原子、又は炭素数1~4のアルキル基を表す。
G1及びG2は、それぞれ独立に、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数5~8の2価の脂環式炭化水素基を表し、前記脂環式炭化水素基を構成する-CH2-の1個以上が-O-、-S-、又は-NH-で置換されていてもよい。
A1及びA2は、それぞれ独立に、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~12の2価の芳香族炭化水素基、又は置換基を有していてもよい炭素数5~8の2価の脂環式炭化水素基を表し、前記脂環式炭化水素基を構成する-CH2-の1個以上が-O-、-S-、又は-NH-で置換されていてもよい。
SP1及びSP2は、それぞれ独立に、単結合、炭素数1~12の直鎖状若しくは分岐鎖状のアルキレン基、又は炭素数1~12の直鎖状若しくは分岐鎖状のアルキレン基を構成する-CH2-の1個以上が-O-、-S-、-NH-、-N(Q)-、若しくは-CO-に置換された2価の連結基を表し、Qは、置換基を表す。
L1及びL2は、それぞれ独立に、1価の有機基を表し、L1及びL2の少なくとも一方は重合性基を表す。ただし、Ar1が、下記式(Ar-3)で表される芳香環である場合は、L1及びL2並びに下記式(Ar-3)中のL3及びL4の少なくとも1つが重合性基を表す。
mは、0~2の整数を表し、mが2である場合、複数のE3は、それぞれ同一であっても異なっていてもよく、複数のA1は、それぞれ同一であっても異なっていてもよい。
nは、0~2の整数を表し、nが2である場合、複数のE4は、それぞれ同一であっても異なっていてもよく、複数のA2は、それぞれ同一であっても異なっていてもよい。
Ar1は、下記式(Ar-1)~式(Ar-5)で表される基からなる群から選択されるいずれかの芳香環を表す。
Q1は、N、又はCHを表す。
Q2は、-S-、-O-、又は-N(R5)-を表し、R5は、水素原子又は炭素数1~6のアルキル基を表す。
Y1は、置換基を有してもよい炭素数6~12の芳香族炭化水素基、又は置換基を有してもよい炭素数3~12の芳香族複素環基を表す。
Z1、Z2、及びZ3は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、炭素数1~20の1価の直鎖状、又は分岐鎖状の脂肪族炭化水素基、炭素数3~20の1価の脂環式炭化水素基、炭素数6~20の1価の芳香族炭化水素基、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基、-OR6、-NR7R8、-SR9、-COORX、又は-OCORYを表し、R6~R9、RX、及びRYは、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、又は炭素数1~6のアルキル基を表し、Z1及びZ2は、互いに結合して芳香環を形成してもよい。
A3及びA4は、それぞれ独立に、-O-、-N(R10)-、-S-、及び-CO-からなる群から選択される基を表し、R10は、水素原子又は置換基を表す。
Xは、水素原子又は置換基が結合していてもよい第14~16族の非金属原子を表す。
D3及びD4は、それぞれ独立に、単結合、-CO-O-、-C(=S)O-、-CR1R2-、-CR1R2-CR3R4-、-O-CR1R2-、-CR1R2-O-CR3R4-、-CO-O-CR1R2-、-O-CO-CR1R2-、-CR1R2-O-CO-CR3R4-、-CR1R2-CO-O-CR3R4-、-NR1-CR2R3-、又は、-CO-NR1-を表す。R1、R2、R3及びR4は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、フッ素原子、又は炭素数1~4のアルキル基を表す。
SP3及びSP4は、それぞれ独立に、単結合、炭素数1~12の直鎖状若しくは分岐鎖状のアルキレン基、又は炭素数1~12の直鎖状若しくは分岐鎖状のアルキレン基を構成する-CH2-の1個以上が-O-、-S-、-NH-、-N(Q)-、若しくは-CO-に置換された2価の連結基を表し、Qは、置換基を表す。
L3及びL4は、それぞれ独立に、1価の有機基を表し、L3及びL4並びに前記式(1)中のL1及びL2の少なくとも1つが重合性基を表す。
Axは、芳香族炭化水素環及び芳香族複素環からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1つの芳香環を有する、炭素数2~30の有機基を表す。
Ayは、水素原子、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~12のアルキル基、又は、芳香族炭化水素環及び芳香族複素環からなる群から選択される少なくとも1つの芳香環を有する、炭素数2~30の有機基を表す。
Ax及びAyにおける芳香環は、置換基を有していてもよく、AxとAyとが結合して環を形成していてもよい。
Q3は、水素原子、又は、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~6のアルキル基を表す。
R1及びR2は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子又はメチル基を表す。
Sp1及びSp2は、それぞれ独立に、単結合、又は置換基を有していてもよい直鎖状若しくは分岐鎖状のアルキレン基、置換基を有していてもよい脂環アルキレン基、及び置換基を有していてもよい芳香族基からなる群より選ばれる1種以上からなる2価の連結基を表す。なお、前記置換基を有していてもよいアルキレン基、及び前記置換基を有していてもよい脂環アルキレン基は、任意の炭素原子が、エーテル結合、エステル結合、アミド結合、ウレタン結合、及びカーボネート結合に置換されていてもよいが、B1及びB2との結合部において、-O-O-結合となることはない。
P2は、熱架橋性基を表す。
Cin1は、下記式(3-1)又は式(3-2)で表される光配向性基を表す。
ただし、Cin1が式(3-2)で表される光配向性基を表す場合、式(3-2)で表される光配向性基とSp1との結合部が-O-O-結合となることはない。
R3は、置換基を表す。 An optical film including an optically anisotropic film formed from a polymerizable liquid crystal composition, a photo-alignment film, and a polymer support in this order,
The polymerizable liquid crystal composition includes a polymerizable liquid crystal compound represented by the following formula (1),
The load average of the CLogP value of each liquid crystal compound contained in the polymerizable liquid crystal composition is 10.0 to 20.0,
The photo-alignment film is formed from a thermally crosslinkable photo-alignment film forming composition,
The composition for forming a photo-alignment film includes a photo-alignment copolymer containing a photo-alignment repeating unit represented by the following formula (A) and a thermally crosslinkable repeating unit represented by the following formula (B). An optical film in which the photo-alignable copolymer has a thermally crosslinkable group equivalent of 340 to 500.
Formula (1):
L 1 -SP 1- (E 3 -A 1 ) m -E 1 -G 1 -D 1 -Ar 1 -D 2 -G 2 -E 2- (A 2 -E 4 ) n -SP 2 -L 2
In formula (1), D 1 , D 2 , E 1 , E 2 , E 3 , and E 4 are each independently a single bond, —CO—O—, —C (═S) O—, —CR 1 R 2 —, —CR 1 R 2 —CR 3 R 4 —, —O—CR 1 R 2 —, —CR 1 R 2 —O—CR 3 R 4 —, —CO—O—CR 1 R 2 — , —O—CO—CR 1 R 2 —, —CR 1 R 2 —O—CO—CR 3 R 4 —, —CR 1 R 2 —CO—O—CR 3 R 4 —, —NR 1 —CR 2 R 3 — or —CO—NR 1 — is represented. R 1 , R 2 , R 3 and R 4 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
G 1 and G 2 each independently represent a divalent alicyclic hydrocarbon group having 5 to 8 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and —CH constituting the alicyclic hydrocarbon group One or more of 2 — may be substituted with —O—, —S—, or —NH—.
A 1 and A 2 are each independently a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or 5 to 8 carbon atoms which may have a substituent. Wherein at least one of —CH 2 — constituting the alicyclic hydrocarbon group is substituted with —O—, —S—, or —NH—. Good.
SP 1 and SP 2 each independently constitute a single bond, a linear or branched alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, or a linear or branched alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms. Represents a divalent linking group in which one or more of —CH 2 — is substituted with —O—, —S—, —NH—, —N (Q) —, or —CO—, where Q is a substituent Represents.
L 1 and L 2 each independently represent a monovalent organic group, and at least one of L 1 and L 2 represents a polymerizable group. However, when Ar 1 is an aromatic ring represented by the following formula (Ar-3), at least one of L 1 and L 2 and L 3 and L 4 in the following formula (Ar-3) is polymerizable. Represents a group.
m represents an integer of 0 to 2, and when m is 2, the plurality of E 3 may be the same or different, and the plurality of A 1 are the same or different. May be.
n represents an integer of 0 to 2, and when n is 2, the plurality of E 4 may be the same or different, and the plurality of A 2 may be the same or different. May be.
Ar 1 represents any aromatic ring selected from the group consisting of groups represented by the following formulas (Ar-1) to (Ar-5).
Q 1 represents N or CH.
Q 2 represents —S—, —O—, or —N (R 5 ) —, and R 5 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
Y 1 represents an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or an aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 to 12 carbon atoms which may have a substituent.
Z 1 , Z 2 and Z 3 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a monovalent linear or branched aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, or a monovalent group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms. An alicyclic hydrocarbon group, a monovalent aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, —OR 6 , —NR 7 R 8 , —SR 9 , —COOR X , Or -OCOR Y , R 6 to R 9 , R X , and R Y each independently represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and Z 1 and Z 2 are bonded to each other. An aromatic ring may be formed.
A 3 and A 4 each independently represents a group selected from the group consisting of —O—, —N (R 10 ) —, —S—, and —CO—, and R 10 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent. Represents a group.
X represents a hydrogen atom or a nonmetallic atom of Groups 14 to 16 to which a substituent may be bonded.
D 3 and D 4 are each independently a single bond, —CO—O—, —C (═S) O—, —CR 1 R 2 —, —CR 1 R 2 —CR 3 R 4 —, —O -CR 1 R 2 -, - CR 1 R 2 -O-CR 3 R 4 -, - CO-O-CR 1 R 2 -, - O-CO-CR 1 R 2 -, - CR 1 R 2 -O It represents —CO—CR 3 R 4 —, —CR 1 R 2 —CO—O—CR 3 R 4 —, —NR 1 —CR 2 R 3 —, or —CO—NR 1 —. R 1 , R 2 , R 3 and R 4 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
SP 3 and SP 4 each independently constitute a single bond, a linear or branched alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, or a linear or branched alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms. Represents a divalent linking group in which one or more of —CH 2 — is substituted with —O—, —S—, —NH—, —N (Q) —, or —CO—, where Q is a substituent Represents.
L 3 and L 4 each independently represent a monovalent organic group, and at least one of L 3 and L 4 and L 1 and L 2 in the formula (1) represents a polymerizable group.
Ax represents an organic group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms having at least one aromatic ring selected from the group consisting of an aromatic hydrocarbon ring and an aromatic heterocyclic ring.
Ay has a hydrogen atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, or at least one aromatic ring selected from the group consisting of an aromatic hydrocarbon ring and an aromatic heterocyclic ring. Represents an organic group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms.
The aromatic ring in Ax and Ay may have a substituent, and Ax and Ay may be bonded to form a ring.
Q 3 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms which may have a substituent.
R 1 and R 2 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
Sp 1 and Sp 2 are each independently a single bond or a linear or branched alkylene group which may have a substituent, an alicyclic alkylene group which may have a substituent, and It represents a divalent linking group composed of one or more selected from the group consisting of an aromatic group which may have a substituent. In the alkylene group which may have the substituent and the alicyclic alkylene group which may have the substituent, any carbon atom may be an ether bond, an ester bond, an amide bond, a urethane bond, And may be substituted with a carbonate bond, but it does not become an —O—O— bond at the bond portion with B 1 and B 2 .
P 2 represents a thermally crosslinkable group.
Cin 1 represents a photo-alignment group represented by the following formula (3-1) or (3-2).
However, when Cin 1 represents a photoalignable group represented by the formula (3-2), the bond between the photoalignable group represented by the formula (3-2) and Sp 1 is —O—O—. There is no connection.
R 3 represents a substituent.
前記式(1)中のnが1であり、A2及びG2がいずれも置換基を有していてもよいシクロヘキシレン基であり、E2が単結合である、請求項1に記載の光学フィルム。 M in the formula (1) is 1, A 1 and G 1 are both optionally substituted cyclohexylene groups, E 1 is a single bond, and
And n is 1 in the formula (1), both A 2 and G 2 are good cyclohexylene group which may have a substituent, E 2 is a single bond, according to claim 1 Optical film.
前記光配向膜形成用組成物が、前記光配向性共重合体と、前記熱架橋性基の連鎖重合を開始させる熱重合開始剤とを含む、請求項1~3のいずれか1項に記載の光学フィルム。 The thermally crosslinkable group contained in the photo-alignment copolymer is chain polymerizable,
The composition for forming a photo-alignment film includes the photo-alignment copolymer and a thermal polymerization initiator that initiates chain polymerization of the thermally crosslinkable group. Optical film.
Priority Applications (3)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| CN201980013401.1A CN111727392B (en) | 2018-02-14 | 2019-02-13 | Optical films, polarizers, image display devices |
| JP2020500516A JP6916949B2 (en) | 2018-02-14 | 2019-02-13 | Optical film, polarizing plate, image display device |
| KR1020207022567A KR102413463B1 (en) | 2018-02-14 | 2019-02-13 | Optical film, polarizing plate, image display device |
Applications Claiming Priority (4)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| JP2018024041 | 2018-02-14 | ||
| JP2018-024041 | 2018-02-14 | ||
| JP2019006229 | 2019-01-17 | ||
| JP2019-006229 | 2019-01-17 |
Publications (1)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| WO2019159960A1 true WO2019159960A1 (en) | 2019-08-22 |
Family
ID=67618993
Family Applications (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| PCT/JP2019/005084 Ceased WO2019159960A1 (en) | 2018-02-14 | 2019-02-13 | Optical film, polarizing plate, image display device |
Country Status (4)
| Country | Link |
|---|---|
| JP (1) | JP6916949B2 (en) |
| KR (1) | KR102413463B1 (en) |
| CN (1) | CN111727392B (en) |
| WO (1) | WO2019159960A1 (en) |
Cited By (1)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| WO2020184463A1 (en) * | 2019-03-08 | 2020-09-17 | 日産化学株式会社 | Liquid crystal alignment agent for photoalignment, alignment material, and phase difference material |
Citations (5)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| JP2015227947A (en) * | 2014-05-30 | 2015-12-17 | 富士フイルム株式会社 | Laminate and manufacturing method of the same, polarization plate, liquid crystal display device, and organic el display device |
| WO2018174015A1 (en) * | 2017-03-23 | 2018-09-27 | 富士フイルム株式会社 | Organic electroluminescence display device, phase difference film, and circular polarization plate |
| WO2018216812A1 (en) * | 2017-05-26 | 2018-11-29 | 富士フイルム株式会社 | Photo-alignment polymer, binder composition, binder layer, optical laminate, method for producing optical laminate, and image display device |
| WO2019017445A1 (en) * | 2017-07-19 | 2019-01-24 | 富士フイルム株式会社 | Polymerizable liquid crystal compound, polymerizable liquid crystal composition, optically anisotropic membrane, optical film, polarizing plate, and image display device |
| WO2019017444A1 (en) * | 2017-07-19 | 2019-01-24 | 富士フイルム株式会社 | Polymerizable liquid crystal compound, polymerizable liquid crystal composition, optically anisotropic membrane, optical film, polarizing plate, and image display device |
Family Cites Families (26)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| EP0689084B1 (en) | 1994-06-24 | 2003-06-04 | Rolic AG | Optical component comprising layers of crosslinked liquid crystal monomers and method of its production |
| EP1089093B1 (en) * | 1999-09-28 | 2008-04-02 | FUJIFILM Corporation | Anti-reflection film, polarizing plate comprising the same, and image display device using the anti-reflection film or the polarizing plate |
| JP2005017574A (en) * | 2003-06-25 | 2005-01-20 | Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd | Optical compensating sheet, polarizing plate, and liquid crystal display device |
| DE102005031966B4 (en) * | 2005-07-08 | 2011-10-27 | Günter Grau | Production of a polarization-sensitive filter with targeted expansion and orientation for CCD or CMOS image sensors |
| CN101258433B (en) * | 2005-09-07 | 2010-12-22 | 富士胶片株式会社 | Optical compensation film, manufacturing method thereof, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device using same |
| CN101379895A (en) * | 2006-02-08 | 2009-03-04 | 株式会社普利司通 | Method for manufacturing optical filter for display, optical filter for display, and display and plasma display panel provided with such optical filter |
| JP5401032B2 (en) | 2006-12-15 | 2014-01-29 | 富士フイルム株式会社 | Optically anisotropic film, brightness enhancement film, retardation plate, and liquid crystal display device |
| JP5463666B2 (en) | 2007-12-28 | 2014-04-09 | 住友化学株式会社 | Compound, optical film and method for producing optical film |
| JP2010052273A (en) | 2008-08-28 | 2010-03-11 | Jsr Corp | Laminated film, method of manufacturing the same and polarizing plate and liquid crystal display element having the same |
| JP5504601B2 (en) | 2008-10-15 | 2014-05-28 | Dic株式会社 | Composition for alignment film, method for producing alignment film, and optical anisotropic body |
| KR101820966B1 (en) * | 2011-10-20 | 2018-01-23 | 삼성디스플레이 주식회사 | Liquid crystal device alignment layer and methods for manufacturing the same |
| KR101397697B1 (en) * | 2011-12-01 | 2014-05-22 | 제일모직주식회사 | Optical adhesive, optical member comprising the same and display apparatus comprising the same |
| CN102702987B (en) * | 2012-03-21 | 2015-02-18 | 北京京东方光电科技有限公司 | Frame sealant composition, liquid crystal pollution prevention method, liquid crystal display panel and display device |
| CN104603165B (en) | 2012-07-09 | 2017-04-26 | 日本瑞翁株式会社 | Polymerizable compound, polymerizable composition, polymer, optically anisotropic body, and method for producing polymerizable compound |
| JPWO2014057950A1 (en) * | 2012-10-12 | 2016-09-05 | 富士フイルム株式会社 | Manufacturing method of optical film |
| WO2014196637A1 (en) * | 2013-06-06 | 2014-12-11 | 富士フイルム株式会社 | Optical sheet member and image display device employing same |
| JP6265559B2 (en) * | 2013-07-10 | 2018-01-24 | 富士フイルム株式会社 | Optical film, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device using the same |
| JP6250324B2 (en) * | 2013-08-02 | 2017-12-20 | 大阪有機化学工業株式会社 | Composition for photo-alignment film and novel polymer |
| KR101731148B1 (en) * | 2013-08-09 | 2017-04-27 | 스미또모 가가꾸 가부시키가이샤 | Optical film |
| WO2015122335A1 (en) * | 2014-02-13 | 2015-08-20 | 大日本印刷株式会社 | Thermosetting composition having photoalignment properties, alignment layer, substrate with alignment layer, phase difference plate, and device |
| JP6363566B2 (en) | 2014-10-21 | 2018-07-25 | 富士フイルム株式会社 | Optically anisotropic layer and manufacturing method thereof, laminate, polarizing plate, display device, liquid crystal compound and manufacturing method thereof, carboxylic acid compound |
| CN105524625B (en) * | 2014-10-21 | 2020-10-09 | 富士胶片株式会社 | Optically anisotropic layer and method for producing same, laminate, polarizing plate, display device, liquid crystal compound and method for producing same, and carboxylic acid compound |
| KR102587604B1 (en) * | 2015-03-11 | 2023-10-11 | 닛산 가가쿠 가부시키가이샤 | Cured film forming composition, orientation material and phase difference material |
| JP6648462B2 (en) * | 2015-09-30 | 2020-02-14 | 大日本印刷株式会社 | Thermosetting composition having photo-alignment property, alignment layer, substrate with alignment layer and method for manufacturing the same, retardation plate and method for manufacturing the same |
| EP3214154B1 (en) * | 2016-03-01 | 2019-06-26 | Merck Patent GmbH | Liquid-crystal media and light modulation element |
| JP6191754B1 (en) * | 2016-11-22 | 2017-09-06 | 日本ゼオン株式会社 | Polymerizable compound, mixture, polymerizable liquid crystal composition, polymer, optical film, optical anisotropic body, polarizing plate, display device and antireflection film |
-
2019
- 2019-02-13 WO PCT/JP2019/005084 patent/WO2019159960A1/en not_active Ceased
- 2019-02-13 JP JP2020500516A patent/JP6916949B2/en active Active
- 2019-02-13 KR KR1020207022567A patent/KR102413463B1/en active Active
- 2019-02-13 CN CN201980013401.1A patent/CN111727392B/en active Active
Patent Citations (5)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| JP2015227947A (en) * | 2014-05-30 | 2015-12-17 | 富士フイルム株式会社 | Laminate and manufacturing method of the same, polarization plate, liquid crystal display device, and organic el display device |
| WO2018174015A1 (en) * | 2017-03-23 | 2018-09-27 | 富士フイルム株式会社 | Organic electroluminescence display device, phase difference film, and circular polarization plate |
| WO2018216812A1 (en) * | 2017-05-26 | 2018-11-29 | 富士フイルム株式会社 | Photo-alignment polymer, binder composition, binder layer, optical laminate, method for producing optical laminate, and image display device |
| WO2019017445A1 (en) * | 2017-07-19 | 2019-01-24 | 富士フイルム株式会社 | Polymerizable liquid crystal compound, polymerizable liquid crystal composition, optically anisotropic membrane, optical film, polarizing plate, and image display device |
| WO2019017444A1 (en) * | 2017-07-19 | 2019-01-24 | 富士フイルム株式会社 | Polymerizable liquid crystal compound, polymerizable liquid crystal composition, optically anisotropic membrane, optical film, polarizing plate, and image display device |
Cited By (2)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| WO2020184463A1 (en) * | 2019-03-08 | 2020-09-17 | 日産化学株式会社 | Liquid crystal alignment agent for photoalignment, alignment material, and phase difference material |
| JPWO2020184463A1 (en) * | 2019-03-08 | 2020-09-17 |
Also Published As
| Publication number | Publication date |
|---|---|
| CN111727392B (en) | 2021-10-22 |
| KR20200106068A (en) | 2020-09-10 |
| JP6916949B2 (en) | 2021-08-11 |
| KR102413463B1 (en) | 2022-06-27 |
| JPWO2019159960A1 (en) | 2021-02-04 |
| CN111727392A (en) | 2020-09-29 |
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| JP6651851B2 (en) | Method for producing multilayer film | |
| JP6698677B2 (en) | Composition for photo-alignment film, photo-alignment film, optical laminate and image display device | |
| CN107209310B (en) | Multilayer film, use thereof, and method for producing same | |
| JP2018205663A (en) | Polarizing plate with retardation layer and image display device | |
| WO2019131976A1 (en) | Light-absorbing anisotropic film, optical layered product, and image display device | |
| JP7182533B2 (en) | Liquid crystal composition, optically anisotropic layer, optical film, polarizing plate and image display device | |
| WO2019167926A1 (en) | Multilayer body, organic electroluminescent device and liquid crystal display device | |
| CN111712744B (en) | Optical film, polarizer and image display device | |
| JPWO2020145297A1 (en) | Polarizing plate, liquid crystal display, organic electroluminescent device | |
| WO2023084838A1 (en) | Polarizing plate having retardation layer and image display device including said polarizing plate having retardation layer | |
| CN108431651A (en) | Optical anisotropic layer and its manufacturing method, optical anisotropic layer stack and circular polarizing disk | |
| JP6916900B2 (en) | Long retardation film, long laminate, image display device | |
| US11518938B2 (en) | Optical film, polarizing plate, and image display device | |
| JP6916949B2 (en) | Optical film, polarizing plate, image display device | |
| WO2020045224A1 (en) | Retardation film, method for manufacturing retardation film, polarizing plate, and liquid crystal display device | |
| WO2019203192A1 (en) | Polarizer, circularly polarizing plate, and image display device | |
| WO2020031784A1 (en) | Layered product, liquid crystal display device, and organic electroluminescent device | |
| JP2023180201A (en) | Polarizing plate with retardation layer | |
| KR20230038790A (en) | Circular polarizing plate, organic electroluminescence display device, display device | |
| WO2021039625A1 (en) | Organic electroluminescence display device | |
| WO2023084837A1 (en) | Retardation layer-equipped polarizing plate and image display device including retardation layer-equipped polarizing plate | |
| KR20240174493A (en) | Optical laminate, image display device | |
| KR20230045084A (en) | Optical film, circular polarizer, organic electroluminescence display device | |
| JP2025113364A (en) | Polarizing plate with adhesive layer, display device | |
| JP2024029094A (en) | Polarizer |
Legal Events
| Date | Code | Title | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| 121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 19754547 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |
|
| ENP | Entry into the national phase |
Ref document number: 2020500516 Country of ref document: JP Kind code of ref document: A |
|
| ENP | Entry into the national phase |
Ref document number: 20207022567 Country of ref document: KR Kind code of ref document: A |
|
| NENP | Non-entry into the national phase |
Ref country code: DE |
|
| 122 | Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase |
Ref document number: 19754547 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |